Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsComputer equipmentNetworking Z9500

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the Z9500 Switch

9.7(0.0)

March 2015

Rev. A00

Summary of content (1435 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch 9.7(0.0) March 2015 Rev.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. NOTE: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide.........................................................................................................39 Objectives........................................................................................................................................................................... 39 Audience..............................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
debug cpu-traffic-stats................................................................................................................................................... 80 debug ftpserver................................................................................................................................................................. 80 disable.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
traceroute.......................................................................................................................................................................... 137 undebug all........................................................................................................................................................................ 139 upload trace-log...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
deny icmp..................................................................................................................................................................... 177 deny tcp....................................................................................................................................................................... 180 deny udp.................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
match ip address....................................................................................................................................................... 229 match ip next-hop.....................................................................................................................................................230 match ip route-source..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
bgp asnotation........................................................................................................................................................... 266 bgp bestpath as-path ignore.................................................................................................................................. 267 bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax..................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
neighbor ebgp-multihop.......................................................................................................................................... 303 neighbor fall-over......................................................................................................................................................304 neighbor filter-list......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
timers bgp...................................................................................................................................................................355 MBGP Commands.......................................................................................................................................................... 356 debug ip bgp dampening.........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening.................................................................................................................... 386 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics............................................................................................................... 386 debug ip bgp keepalives...........................................................................................................................................387 debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening......
PAGE 12
show ip bgp paths community................................................................................................................................415 show ip bgp paths extcommunity.......................................................................................................................... 415 show ip bgp regexp................................................................................................................................................... 416 show ipv6 prefix-list.....
PAGE 13
PFC Commands...............................................................................................................................................................448 clear pfc counters..................................................................................................................................................... 448 clear pfc counters sfm backplane all....................................................................................................................
PAGE 14
show diag information..............................................................................................................................................489 show diag testcase................................................................................................................................................... 490 Buffer Tuning Commands.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
clear ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................................................. 537 clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding.......................................................................................................................... 538 ip dhcp snooping.......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
clear fip-snooping statistics......................................................................................................................................... 568 debug fip snooping......................................................................................................................................................... 568 debug fip snooping rx................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 17
ip igmp querier-timeout........................................................................................................................................... 604 ip igmp query-interval.............................................................................................................................................. 604 ip igmp query-max-resp-time.................................................................................................................................605 ip igmp ssm-map.
PAGE 18
show interfaces status............................................................................................................................................ 656 show interfaces vlan.................................................................................................................................................657 show range.................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
arp backoff-time............................................................................................................................................................. 694 arp learn-enable...............................................................................................................................................................694 arp retries................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
deny (for IPv6 ACLs)..................................................................................................................................................... 745 deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs).......................................................................................................................... 746 deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs).........................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
iscsi priority-bits.............................................................................................................................................................. 788 iscsi profile-compellant.................................................................................................................................................. 788 iscsi target port..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
is-type................................................................................................................................................................................ 822 log-adjacency-changes..................................................................................................................................................822 lsp-gen-interval.........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
show mac-address-table......................................................................................................................................... 862 show mac-address-table aging-time....................................................................................................................865 show mac learning-limit...........................................................................................................................................865 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands..
PAGE 24
advertise advertise advertise advertise med med med med video-conferencing....................................................................................................................... 899 video-signaling............................................................................................................................... 900 voice..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
name...................................................................................................................................................................................932 protocol spanning-tree mstp........................................................................................................................................933 revision......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
passive-interface.......................................................................................................................................................969 redistribute..................................................................................................................................................................970 redistribute bgp..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
redistribute................................................................................................................................................................1020 router-id......................................................................................................................................................................1021 show crypto ipsec policy...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
ipv6 pim register-filter............................................................................................................................................ 1061 ipv6 pim rp-address................................................................................................................................................. 1061 ipv6 pim rp-candidate.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
disable.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1097 extend system-id........................................................................................................................................................... 1097 protocol spanning-tree pvst.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
show qos class-map.................................................................................................................................................1137 show qos policy-map............................................................................................................................................... 1137 show qos policy-map-input....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
Chapter 45: Remote Monitoring (RMON)..................................................................................1176 rmon alarm....................................................................................................................................................................... 1176 rmon collection history..................................................................................................................................................1177 rmon collection statistics......
PAGE 32
service obscure-passwords................................................................................................................................... 1212 Authentication and Password Commands............................................................................................................... 1213 aaa authentication enable.......................................................................................................................................1213 aaa authentication login........
PAGE 33
ip ssh authentication-retries................................................................................................................................. 1248 ip ssh connection-rate-limit.................................................................................................................................. 1248 ip ssh hostbased-authentication..........................................................................................................................1249 ip ssh key-size...........
PAGE 34
Chapter 50: Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog.................................. 1286 SNMP Commands......................................................................................................................................................... 1286 show snmp................................................................................................................................................................ 1286 show snmp engineID...........................................
PAGE 35
show storm-control broadcast...................................................................................................................................1327 show storm-control multicast.................................................................................................................................... 1328 show storm-control unknown-unicast.....................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
tunnel tunnel tunnel tunnel tunnel dscp..................................................................................................................................................................... 1365 flow-label............................................................................................................................................................ 1365 hop-limit........................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
lacp ungroup member-independent.......................................................................................................................... 1397 multicast peer-routing timeout.................................................................................................................................. 1398 peer-link port-channel..................................................................................................................................................1398 peer-routing..
PAGE 38
clear counters vrrp ipv6.........................................................................................................................................1432 debug vrrp ipv6........................................................................................................................................................ 1432 show vrrp ipv6..........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
1 About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 40
Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 41
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. Dell Networking OS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 42
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, the system sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. keywords at any command mode: To obtain a list of Type help at the prompt.
PAGE 43
lacp Configure LACP line Configure a terminal line linecard Configure linecard link-bundle-distribution Configure link-bundle load-balance Global traffic load-balance configuration logging Modify message logging facilities mac Global MAC configuration subcommands mac-address-table Mac Address Table Configuration Subcommands management Create a management crypto or route, etc monitor Monitor monitored ports no Reset a command ntp Configure NTP openflow Configure OpenFlow instance password-attributes Configur
PAGE 44
Key Combination Action CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes the character at the cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key.
PAGE 45
display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 46
You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command.
PAGE 47
EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode. For more information, refer to EIS Commands. To enter EIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode.
PAGE 48
INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a 10-Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface). To enter INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the interface command and then enter an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch. The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot/port number.
PAGE 49
LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. For more information, refer to the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) chapter in the Dell Networking Z9500 Configuration Guide. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp-mgmtIf).
PAGE 50
NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt. To enter PVST+ mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree pvst command. The prompt changes to include (conf-pvst). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP Mode To configure shared LAG state tracking, use PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. For more information, refer to Port Channel Commands.
PAGE 51
You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. RAPID SPANNING TREE (RSTP) Mode To enable and configure RSTP, use RSTP mode. For more information, refer to Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). To enter RSTP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree rstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-rstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTE-MAP Mode To configure a route map, use ROUTE-MAP mode.
PAGE 52
ROUTER RIP Mode To enable and configure Router Information Protocol (RIP), use ROUTER RIP mode. For more information, refer to Routing Information Protocol (RIP). To enter ROUTER RIP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router rip command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_rip). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 53
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 54
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 55
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.17.1 Supported on the M I/O Aggregator. Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, and so forth). When restoring factory default settings, a switch remains in standalone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command.
PAGE 56
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Z9500 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 57
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: ● For internal flash, enter flash: ● For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 58
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. Z9500 Syntax show os-version [file-url] Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath. ● For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename.
PAGE 59
----------------------------------------Type Version Target Portcard CPLD (0) 0xb5 LP (0) Portcard CPLD (1) 0xb5 LP (0) Portcard CPLD (2) 0xb5 LP (0) Portcard CPLD (0) 0xb5 LP (1) Portcard CPLD (1) 0xb5 LP (1) Portcard CPLD (2) 0xb5 LP (1) Portcard CPLD (3) 0xb5 LP (1) Portcard CPLD (0) 0xb5 LP (2) Portcard CPLD (1) 0xb5 LP (2) Portcard CPLD (2) 0xb5 LP (2) Portcard CPLD (3) 0xb5 LP (2) System CPLD 0x0b CP FPGA 0x1c CP Backup FPGA 0x19 CP Usage Information NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( .
PAGE 60
File Management hardwaremonitor for hardware-monitor action-on-error settings hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface port-channel for the current port-channel interface configuration. The range is from 1 to 512. interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 61
resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning-tree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace
PAGE 62
Version Description 6.5.4.0 Added the status option. Example Dell# show running-config Current Configuration ... ! Version 9-0(2-0) ! Last configuration change at Thu Apr 18 10:18:39 2013 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Apr 18 10:18:40 2013 by admin ! boot system stack-unit 0 primary system: A: boot system stack-unit 0 secondary tftp://10.16.127.35/DellSI-9-0-2-0.bin boot system stack-unit 0 default system: A: boot system gateway 10.16.132.
PAGE 63
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show startup-config ! Version 9.2(1.0B2) ! Last configuration change at Mon Feb 3 11:24:00 2014 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Mon Feb 3 11:24:05 2014 by default ! boot system primary system: A: boot system secondary system: A: boot system default system: A: boot system gateway 1.1.1.1 ! ... show running-config – displays the current (running) configuration.
PAGE 64
16G bytes of boot flash memory. 1 2 520 2 Command Fields Example 36-port TE/FG (ZC) 48-port TE/FG (ZC) Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Lines Beginning With Description Dell Force10 Network... Name of the operating system Dell Force10 Operating... OS version number Dell Force10 Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path...
PAGE 65
upgrade boot Upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image running in all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. To upgrade the operating system image, use the upgrade system command. Z9500 Syntax Parameters upgrade boot {bootflash—image | bootselector-image} system all {booted | flash: | ftp: | scp: | tftp: | usbflash:} file-url {A: |B:} bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the GRUB bootloader image.
PAGE 66
Reload the system after executing this command. Example Dell# upgrade boot all system all booted Current Boot information in the system: ============================================ Card BootFlash Current Version New Version -----------------------------------------------------------------------Linecard0 Boot Flash 3.2.1.0 3.2.1.0 Linecard1 Boot Flash 3.2.1.0 3.2.1.0 Linecard2 Boot Flash 3.2.1.0 3.2.1.
PAGE 67
* automatically rebooted to reload the upgraded components. * *********************************************************************** Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Please do NOT power off the unit !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Usage Information Do not restart the switch while an upgrade is progressing.
PAGE 68
Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Please do NOT power off the unit !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Usage Information Do not restart the switch while an upgrade is progressing. Restarting the chassis during an upgrade may corrupt critical boot components.
PAGE 69
When an upgrade of FPGA devices successfully completes, the switch reloads automatically. Related Commands ● upgrade fpga-image linecard booted — upgrades the FPGA devices in Z9500 line cards. upgrade system Upgrade the Dell Networking OS image on all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. To upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image, use the upgrade boot command.
PAGE 70
verify Validate the software image on the flash drive after the image has been transferred to the system, but before the image has been installed. Syntax verify { md5 | sha256 }[ flash:// ] img-file [hash-value] Parameters Default md5 Enter the md5 keyword to use the MD5 message-digest algorithm. sha256 Enter the sha256 keyword to use the SHA256 Secure Hash Algorithm flash:// (Optional). Enter the flash:// keyword. The default is to use the flash drive. You can just enter the image file name.
PAGE 71
4 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
PAGE 72
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-traffic-stats show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show software ifm show system show trace show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory system location-led telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-threshold cpu util-threshold memory virtual-ip write asf-mode
PAGE 73
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters Defaults c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 74
Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system. Syntax banner login {keyboard-interactive | no keyboard-interactive} [c line c] Enter no banner login to delete the banner text. Enter no banner login keyboard-interactive to automatically go to the banner message prompt (does not require a carriage return).
PAGE 75
on line console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 13d21h10m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd.
PAGE 76
cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 77
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If you enabled BMP 3.0, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the reload conditional nvram-cfg-change command. cam-audit linecard Enable audit of the IPv4 forwarding table on all line cards.
PAGE 78
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. This command clears alarms that are no longer active. If an alarm situation is still active, it is seen in the system output. clear line Reset a terminal line. Z9500 Syntax clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} Parameters line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system.
PAGE 79
Parameters Defaults rp Enter the keyword rp to clear the software trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose software trace log you want to clear. Clear the trace log files from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 80
debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics. Z9500 Syntax debug cpu-traffic-stats To disable the debugging, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 81
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode.
PAGE 82
do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Z9500 Syntax do command Parameters Defaults command Enter an EXEC-level command. none Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 83
enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults enable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 84
To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optical-info-update interval command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 85
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session.
PAGE 86
Example FTOS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. Z9500 Syntax exit Command Modes ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Command History EXEC Privilege CONFIGURATION LINE, INTERFACE TRACE-LIST PROTOCOL GVRP SPANNING TREE MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE MAC ACCESS LIST ACCESS-LIST AS-PATH ACL COMMUNITY-LIST PREFIX-LIST ROUTER OSPF ROUTER RIP ROUTER ISIS ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 87
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 88
ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server topdir directory Parameters Defaults directory Enter the directory path. The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 89
● 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 90
Usage Information The host name is used in the command-line prompt. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command.
PAGE 91
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 92
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections.
PAGE 93
ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 94
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 95
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line.
PAGE 96
logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server. Z9500 Syntax logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password Parameters { ipv4-address | ipv6-address } Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server. type Enter the password type: ● Enter 0 to enter an unencrypted password.
PAGE 97
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 98
outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-min-size Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-max-size Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size.
PAGE 99
The following table provides descriptions for the ping command status response symbols displayed in the output. Example (IPv4) Symbol Description ! Each exclamation point indicates receipt of a reply. . Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for a reply. U A destination unreachable error PDU was received. Q Source quench (destination too busy). M Could not fragment. ? Unknown packet type. & Packet lifetime exceeded. Dell#ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 100
Usage Information Version Description 9.1(0.0) Added ‘conditional’ parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If there is a change in the configuration, the system prompts you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command.
PAGE 101
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. Z9500 Syntax service timestamps [debug | log] [datetime [localtime] [msec] [showtimezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters Defaults debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6.
PAGE 102
show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies. Z9500 Syntax show alarms [threshold] Parameters threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, and SFMs. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 103
-- Switching Core --- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Minor Off Major Major Off Shutdown S0 93 86 100 95 105 S1 93 86 100 95 105 S2 93 86 100 95 105 S3 93 86 100 95 105 S4 93 86 100 95 105 S5 93 86 100 95 105 -- Port Modules --- Temperature Limits (deg C) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Minor Off Major Major Off Shutdown S0 93 86 100 95 105 S1 93 86 100 95 105 S2 93 86 100 95 105 S3 9
PAGE 104
Example Related Commands Dell#show asf linecard 0 Processor : CP -------------Received 100% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 Total packets:100 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:100, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:100, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP1 --------------Received 62% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 Total packets:500 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:500, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:500, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Received 37% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 Total packets:300 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:300, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:300, Mul
PAGE 105
default from console - Repeated 3 times.
PAGE 106
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 107
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 108
collected only after the debug cpu-traffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup. NOTE: After debugging is complete, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command to shut off traffic statistics collection.
PAGE 109
Usage Information Example Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces.
PAGE 110
0xb904e000 0xb9030000 0xb902e000 0xb90ac000 0xb9125000 0xb92f0000 0xb931a000 0xb93a3000 0xb93bd000 0xb93d1000 0xb9470000 0xb94c8000 0xb9560000 0xb99e0000 0xb957f000 0xb9594000 0xb95a8000 running running cond_wait running select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait select_wait running running running running select_wait select_wait 54 -c----P--f 13163 sSThread 1.01 1.60 54 ------P--f 6 tSnmpd 0.00 0.00 54 -c-C-W---f 1 tSnmpTmr 0.00 0.00 54 ------P--f 88 auxd 0.00 0.
PAGE 111
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Z9500 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 112
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privildge Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Examples Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.
PAGE 113
show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
PAGE 114
0 0 0 0 0 Related Commands 6 7 8 9 10 QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M 40GBASE-CR4-1M 40GBASE-CR4-1M 40GBASE-CR4-1M 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UR1 APF11200012UR1 APF12300017GEY APF12300017GEY APF12300017GEY Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ● show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. show memory View current memory usage on the system. Z9500 Syntax show memory [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | all}] Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display memory usage on the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 115
Dell#show memory cp Total(b) Used(b) 3203928064 6953130 Free(b) 3196974934 Lowest(b) 3196974934 Largest(b) 3196974934 Dell#show memory rp Total(b) Used(b) 3203928064 17174702 Free(b) 3186753362 Lowest(b) 3186753362 Largest(b) 3186753362 Dell#show memory lp 2 Total(b) Used(b) 3203928064 8555410 Free(b) 3195372654 Lowest(b) 3195372654 Largest(b) 3195372654FTOS# “Lowest” displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system.
PAGE 116
Usage Information Example: show processes cpu lp In the following example, the CPU utilization for the last five seconds is 10%/0%. The first number (10%) is the CPU utilization for the last five seconds. The second number (0%) indicates the percent of CPU time spent at the interrupt level. Dell#show processes cpu lp 2 30 CPU utilization for five seconds: 10%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 10% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000000 995730 99573 10000 10.08% 10.10% 10.
PAGE 117
160 30 3 10000 126 20 2 10000 154 50 5 10000 118 10 1 10000 434 10 1 10000 429 100 10 10000 170 10 1 10000 294 100 10 10000 98 20 2 10000 389 40 4 10000 367 10 1 10000 349 10 1 10000 329 10 1 10000 333 50 5 10000 323 30 3 10000 315 10 1 10000 309 20 2 10000 302 460 46 10000 263 0 0 0 296 0 0 0 198 0 0 0 ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu summary 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 118
Usage Information Example: show processes ipc send-stats Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Important Points: ● Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
PAGE 119
Memory Used by Recv DB on this processor: 11172640 bytes SeqNo - Last successfull Guaranteed IPC Pkt Seq No delivered from source to destination HiWtmk - Highest socket watermark reached for destination M-SkSize - Max socket size of destination NonG-Rcvd - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts received Pri-Dr - Priority drops done for non-guaranteed pkts due to socket almost-full condition SkFull-Dr - Any IPC packet dropped because of socket full condition Source-> Destination NonG-Rcvd Pri-Dr SkFull-Dr TME: 0 -> T
PAGE 120
ACL_AGENT: 0 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> DSAGT: 129024 0 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> FRRPAGT: 163840 0 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 RTM: 0 -> FIBAGT: 131072 5 0 0 RTM: 0 -> FIB6: 131072 3 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 129024 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 184320 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 129024 10 0 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 129024 1 0 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT:
PAGE 121
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 122
1 26 9 1 11 11 36 2 1 21 14 17 1 0 40 67 11 12 10 33 23 0 0 1 1 60 60 IFMGR0 SFL_CP0 26 60 60 IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 9 60 60 IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 1 60 60 IFMGR0 IPSECMGR0 11 60 60 IFMGR0 DHCP0 11 60 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 36 60 60 IFMGR0 IFAGT3 2 60 60 IFAGT3 IFMGR0 1 60 60 IFMGR0 OFMGR0 21 60 60 IFMGR0 ACL0 14 60 60 IFMGR0 VRRP0 17 60 60 IFMGR0 PIM0 1 5 5 IFMGR0 MACMGR0 0 60 60 IFMGR0 L2PM0 40 60 60 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 67 60 60 IFMGR0 RTM0 11 60 60 IFMGR0 LLDP0 12 60 60 IFMGR0 MRTM0 10 60 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR1 33 60 60 IFMGR
PAGE 123
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Defaults Command History Usage Information Display detailed information on memory usage on all Z9500 CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E1200i. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 124
0 0 597 clish 631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 367528 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 330360 419 sysd 6288190 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show process
PAGE 125
0 443 ssMgr 0 434 ipm 330360 330360 419 sysd 6288190 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory lp all 4059136 286720 0 0 5287936 12083
PAGE 126
flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count tFib4 aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt MacAgent fib6 ofagt tnlagt frrpagt Example: show processes memory rp 36864 45056 2301952 2297856 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 Dell#sh
PAGE 127
198216 198216 309 acl 1259692 1259692 302 sysd 965786 965786 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 6483968 1286144 1259692 0 15392768 3305472 965786 0 704512 24576 0 0 839680 36864 0 0 995328 45056 0 0 802816 2301952 0 0 708608 2297856 0 0 13467648 2310144 0 0 56033280 2310144 0 0 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data.
PAGE 128
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 129
Example Version Description 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reload-type command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. 7.6.1.
PAGE 130
Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the keyword rp to collect information about the Route Processor for tech support. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 131
slot = 1 [9/3 5:18:33] ****** ERROR TME-(PM):Error: f10_tmeGetPeerIpAddrByName failed service 30 inst 0 [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(tme):f10TaskCreate: spawned dla svc(32) inst(5) p_cpid(14) [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(dla):f10TaskStartup: svc(32) inst(5) parentSvc(13) parentInst(5) taskIdx(4116): tskSvc(32) tskInst(5) p_cpid(14) p_procId(302) p_pstate(0x2000d) [9/3 5:18:33] ****** ERROR TME-(dla):Error: f10_tmeGetPeerIpAddrByName failed service 253 inst 0 - Repeated 1 time.
PAGE 132
This display output is an accumulation of the same information that is displayed when you execute one of the following show commands: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Example show show show show show show show show show show show show show cam clock environment file interfaces inventory ip protocols ip route summary processes cpu processes memory redundancy running-conf version Dell# show tech-support linecard 1 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Real Tim
PAGE 133
Country Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : N/A N/A N/A N/A enabled 74:86:7a:ff:6f:06 3 ----------------------------------- show environmemt linecard-voltage ------------ linecard Voltage -Slot Status Voltage 1.25V 1.5V 2.5V 3.3V -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 1 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 2 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.
PAGE 134
show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of Z9500 CPUs. Z9500 Syntax show util—threshold cpu Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50. Use the show util-threshold cpu command to display the CPU utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps.
PAGE 135
Usage Information Example Use the show util-threshold memory command to display the memory utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps. When Z9500 CPUs exceed the configured (high or low) memory percentage to process packets or data, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. To reconfigure the currently configured values, use the util-threshold memory command.
PAGE 136
Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. vrf instance (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name.
PAGE 137
interface using this command, then the TELNET client uses the source interface configured using the ip telent source-interface command. In case there is a mismatch between the VRF telnet source interface and the telent VRF, then an error is reported. Example Dell#telnet vrf vrf1 10.10.10.2 terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines.
PAGE 138
ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults ● ● ● ● ● Timeout = 5 seconds Probe count = 3 30 hops max 40 byte packet size UDP port = 33434 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 139
ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 140
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax upload trace-log {rp | linecard slot-id} {cmd-history | hw-trace | swtrace} Parameters Defaults rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload. cmd-history Enter the keyword cmd-history to upload the command history from the specified CPU.
PAGE 141
linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Enter the keyword all to configure the CPU utilization time on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. {{high | low} Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the time in which a Z9500 CPU can be used. The percentage of CPU use ranges from 0 to 100.
PAGE 142
linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to configure the memory utilization threshold. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Enter the keyword all to configure the memory utilization threshold on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. {{high | low} Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the percentage of memory a Z9500 CPU can use. The percentage of memory utilization ranges from 0 to 100.
PAGE 143
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each.
PAGE 144
Usage Information 144 The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration. When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup-config not named “startup-configuration,” the running-config is not saved to that file.
PAGE 145
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 146
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9500 Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] Parameters all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 147
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached.
PAGE 148
dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 149
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 150
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 151
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added the multi-auth option on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.3.2.0 Added the single-host and multi-host options on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information ● Single-host mode authenticates only one host per authenticator port and drops all other traffic on the port.
PAGE 152
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 153
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 154
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60. 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 155
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 156
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 157
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Z9500 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 158
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant.
PAGE 159
mac-address Defaults (Optional) MAC address of a supplicant. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 160
Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable 5 seconds 60 seconds 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 0/21 802.
PAGE 161
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 162
remark Enter a description for an ACL entry. Z9500 Syntax remark [remark-number] [description] Parameters Defaults remark-number Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured.
PAGE 163
show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ● ● ● ● Command History CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 164
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 165
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface.
PAGE 166
Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by the slot/port number. ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number.
PAGE 167
Usage Information Example 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for the 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. show ip accounting accesslists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter.
PAGE 168
Defaults mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes.
PAGE 169
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 170
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to be processed and forwarded to another interface on the switch.
PAGE 171
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.
PAGE 172
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). 8.1.1.
PAGE 173
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits re-assigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list.
PAGE 174
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 175
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections.
PAGE 176
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 177
deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax deny icmp {source–ip—address mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [log] [dscp] [[count [bytes]] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 178
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 179
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords mobile-redirect Mobile host redirect net-redirect Network redirect net-tos-redirect Network redirect for TOS net-tosunreachable Network unreachable for TOS net-unreachable Network unreachable networkunknown Network unknown no-room-foroption Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameterproblem All parameter problems port-unreachable Port unreachable
PAGE 180
deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria. Z9500 Syntax deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 181
Defaults order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log.
PAGE 182
based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 183
● lt = less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) Defaults port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 184
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
PAGE 185
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 186
Defaults dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 187
The software cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
PAGE 188
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.
PAGE 189
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. bit Enter a flag or combination of bits: ● ● ● ● ● ● ack: fin: psh: rst: syn: urg: acknowledgement field finish (no more data from the user) push function reset the connection synchronize sequence numbers urgent field dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 190
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
PAGE 191
permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-inmsgs [count]][monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 192
to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 193
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
PAGE 194
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 195
Defaults count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 196
● The order option works across ACL groups that have been applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. ● The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. ● If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order. ● If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 197
Term heading Description heading Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACL-VLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality. cam-acl-vlan Configure the number of flow processor (FP) blocks of CAM allocated to ACL VLAN services on the switch. Syntax Parameters Default cam-acl-vlan {default | vlanopenflow <0-2> | vlaniscsi <0-2> | vlanaclopt <0-2>} default Reset the number of FP blocks to the default value.
PAGE 198
ip access-group (ACL VLAN Group) Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name out implicit-permit Parameters Default access-list-name Enter the name of the egress IP ACL to be applied to member interfaces of the VLAN group (140 characters maximum). out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 199
show acl-vlan-group Display the configured ACL VLAN groups on the switch. Syntax Parameters Default show acl-vlan-group {group-name | detail} group-name Display the configuration of an ACL VLAN group. detail Display information about all configured ACL VLAN groups in a line-by-line format. No default behavior or values Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
PAGE 200
show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization.
PAGE 201
show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow). Syntax Parameters show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.5.(0.
PAGE 202
9215 8192 1024 0 0 0 0 1024 1024 0 320 1 31632 12286 262127 2834 --More-Example 2 Example 3 202 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6 FIB | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-SysFlow | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-McastFib | 0 | 0 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 0 | | | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | | | OUT-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | | IN-L2 ACL | 320 | 0 | | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1136 | |
PAGE 203
196606 2878 1024 9215 8192 1024 16384 Example 4 | | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | 1 | | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 0 | | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 | Dell#show cam-usage switch Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM | Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 7152 |
PAGE 204
! acl-vlan-group group2 member vlan 20 ip access-group acl2 out Dell# Dell#show running-config acl-vlan-group group1 ! acl-vlan-group group1 description Acl Vlan Group1 member vlan 1-10,400-410,500 ip access-group acl1 out implicit-permit Common MAC ACL Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations.
PAGE 205
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, port-channel, or VLAN interface. Z9500 Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs.
PAGE 206
show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Syntax show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 207
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 208
● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command. Parameters Defaults any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 209
Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section.
PAGE 210
permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} command.
PAGE 211
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 212
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 213
mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. ● Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address macdestination-address-mask} command. Parameters any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets.
PAGE 214
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 215
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 216
Parameters any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
PAGE 217
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 218
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: ● ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format. ● llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. ● snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. Defaults count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
PAGE 219
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 220
Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. length le max-prefix- length Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Not configured.
PAGE 221
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria.
PAGE 222
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. seq — configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number.
PAGE 223
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to pass packets. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
PAGE 224
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 225
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 226
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue).
PAGE 227
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 228
match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name. Not configured.
PAGE 229
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 230
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 231
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric.
PAGE 232
match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match metric To match on a specified value, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match metric metric-value To delete a value, use the no match metric [metric-value] command. Parameters Defaults metric-value Enter a value to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured.
PAGE 233
To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters Defaults egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 234
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 235
Related Commands match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type.
PAGE 236
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#route-map dempsey Dell(config-route-map)# show config — displays the current configuration. set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command.
PAGE 237
set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 238
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 239
Defaults none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 240
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 241
Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default localpreference command. Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric.
PAGE 242
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters Defaults internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
PAGE 243
Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 244
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters Defaults tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295.
PAGE 245
set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set weight weight To delete a weight specification, use the no set weight weight command. Parameters weight Enter a number as the weight used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
PAGE 246
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-route-map)#show config ! route-map hopper permit 10 Dell(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations.
PAGE 247
tag 34 Dell# Related Commands route-map — configures a route map. AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 248
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9500 Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 249
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 250
deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny deny Dell# 250 704:112 705:112 14551:112 701:666 702:666 703:666 704:666 705:666 14551:666 Access Control Lists (ACL)
PAGE 251
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
PAGE 252
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced BFD for VRRP and OSPFv3 on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.0.
PAGE 253
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 254
Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.
PAGE 255
Example Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-te-0/3)#bfd interval 250 min_rx 300 multiplier 4 role passive Dell(conf-if-te-0/3)# bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature.
PAGE 256
To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
PAGE 257
min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 100. The default is 100. multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — The active system initiates the BFD session.
PAGE 258
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 259
● The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd allneighbors command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs. ● The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command: interval, min_rx, and multiplier.
PAGE 260
Example Dell#show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr * 10.1.3.2 Example (Detail) RemoteAddr 10.1.3.1 Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 261
interval milliseconds min_rx milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 100. Enter the keyword min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets from the remote system. The range is 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
PAGE 262
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 263
vrf vrf-name Defaults (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install the IPv6 route in that VRF. NOTE: It will not be possible to enable VRF mode for IPv6 unicast without configuring the corresponding IPv4 unicast mode for the same VRF. While deletion, whenever the IPv4 VRF mode is deleted for the VRF, it will automatically delete the IPv6 VRF configurations as well. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 264
● ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 265
Command Modes ● ROUTER BGP ● ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 266
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). Z9500 Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 267
Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 268
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load-sharing.
PAGE 269
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 270
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Z9500 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 271
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors. Assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster-id command.
PAGE 272
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ.
PAGE 273
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Z9500 Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map mapname] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
PAGE 274
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Z9500 Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred.
PAGE 275
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
PAGE 276
bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. Z9500 Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 277
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 278
bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Z9500 Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 279
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead the system to choose different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
PAGE 280
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 281
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9500 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 282
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated.
PAGE 283
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Z9500 Syntax capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 Parameters Defaults 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 284
X:X:X:X::X Enter the BGP neighbor address in the X:X:X:X::X format to clear. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter the clear ip bgp ip-address soft command, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies.
PAGE 285
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 286
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
PAGE 287
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 288
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to debug BGP information corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Use this attribute to debug BGP protocol operations corresponding to either a default or non-default VRF. A.B.C.D Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug.
PAGE 289
show debugging — views enabled debugging operations. debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 290
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages.
PAGE 291
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 292
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration command.
PAGE 293
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] command.
PAGE 294
default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 295
Related Commands permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic.. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 296
● local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 297
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/ Subsequent Address Family Identifier).
PAGE 298
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported.
PAGE 299
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command.
PAGE 300
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Defaults Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 301
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
PAGE 302
To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
PAGE 303
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
PAGE 304
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 305
Defaults in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Not configured. Command Modes ● ROUTER BGP ● ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 306
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This feature advertises to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart.
PAGE 307
neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 308
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 309
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
PAGE 310
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 311
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you create a peer group, it is disabled (Shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as — assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown — disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one.
PAGE 312
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 313
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 314
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 315
When you remove all clients of a route reflector using the no neighbor route-reflector-client command, the router no longer functions as a route reflector. If the clients of a route reflector are fully meshed, you can configure the route reflector to not reflect routes to specified clients by using the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients.
PAGE 316
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 317
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 318
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 319
To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} update-source interface command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. interface Defaults Enter the keyword loopback then a number of the Loopback interface. The range is from 0 to 16383. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 320
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred.
PAGE 321
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes.
PAGE 322
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Although the system does not generate a route due to the backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic.
PAGE 323
● set origin ● set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
PAGE 324
Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external | 2} routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. name Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 325
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted.
PAGE 326
Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 327
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 328
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 329
Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref Extended Communities : DMZ-Link Bw: 2000 kbytes* Related Commands 100, Weight 0, internal show ip bgp community — views the BGP communities. neighbor maximum-prefix — controls the number of network prefixes received. show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 330
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 331
communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers.
PAGE 332
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp community ? local-AS Do not export outside local AS (well-known community) no-advertise Do not advertise to any peer (well-known community) no-export Do not export to next AS (well-known community) aa:nn Community number in aa:nn format | Pipe through a command Dell#show ip bgp community BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.
PAGE 333
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 334
Next-Hop : 172.16.0.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref external Communities : 200:1 1000:1 100, Weight 0, 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 335
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 336
NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 : NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 : NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 : NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x4
PAGE 337
AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSupp 0 : AfDampMaxHld 0 : AfDampCeiling 0 : AfDampRmapP show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 338
ip extcommunity-list ecl1 permit rt 100:4 permit soo 40:4 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ecl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 339
Field Description ● ● ● ● Example a = aggregate route entry c = external confederation route entry n = network route entry r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 340
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address.
PAGE 341
Example Field Description Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the flapping route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp flap-statistics BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 342
Example Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell>show ip bgp inconsistent-as BGP table version is 280852, local router ID is 10.1.2.
PAGE 343
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertisedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 344
BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers. It also indicates whether or not this information is received by the BGP peer. The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the following examples. The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one.
PAGE 345
Member of peer-group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172.16.0.
PAGE 346
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 347
● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 348
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 348 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 349
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 350
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 351
Line beginning Description with: Peer-group members: Example Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, an * is displayed next to the IP address.
PAGE 352
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 353
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 354
Field Description BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor.
PAGE 355
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 356
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). MBGP on the Dell Networking OS is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858.
PAGE 357
b Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes.
PAGE 358
The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 359
Example Field Description From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 360
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit — configures to add (permit) rules.
PAGE 361
description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters Defaults line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 362
Example Dell(conf)#ip extcommunity-list test Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# match extcommunity To match an extended community in the Route Map mode, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters Defaults extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list.
PAGE 363
Defaults as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value). IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Not configured.
PAGE 364
Example Related Commands Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non-trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 365
Related Commands set extcommunity soo — sets the extended community site-of-origin in the route-map. set extcommunity soo To set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 366
show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name Parameters Defaults multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information. ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to display the IPv6 unicast route information.
PAGE 367
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 368
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 369
Dell# IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information with extended IP address space within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables. address-family Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced All subsequent commands apply to this address family after you execute this command. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv6 Unicast (the default) family by entering exit and returning to the Router BGP context. aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table.
PAGE 371
The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs.
PAGE 372
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, use the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 373
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Z9500 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 374
Related Commands ● bgp client-to-client reflection – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. ● neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. ● show ip bgp cluster-list – views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier asnumber command.
PAGE 375
Defaults suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is greater than the suppress value, the flapping route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed). The range is 1 to 20000. The default is 2000. max-suppresstime (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 376
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. Z9500 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 377
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message.
PAGE 378
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets.
PAGE 379
Usage Information In non-deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to the system choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths. In Deterministic mode (no bgp non-deterministic-med), the system compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group because all paths in the AS group are from the same AS.
PAGE 380
Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common. In a large scale configuration, filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can be quite CPU intensive, as a regular expression evaluation involves generation and evaluation of complex finite state machines.
PAGE 381
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated.
PAGE 382
To disable capture of the IPv6 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address command. Parameters Defaults ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction— either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Not configured. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 383
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
PAGE 384
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that AS. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family. unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to select the unicast option within the selected address family.
PAGE 385
clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address | filter-list aspath-name | regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 386
ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. dampening (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that neighbor.
PAGE 387
● ● ● ● ● ● . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). + (plus sign) matches on sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). ? (question mark) matches sequences in a pattern (0 or 1 sequences). [ ] (brackets) matches a range of single-character patterns. ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 388
debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 389
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates.
PAGE 390
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 391
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command.
PAGE 392
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Z9500 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 393
Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.
PAGE 394
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Identify a peer group by name.
PAGE 395
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 396
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 397
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 398
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
PAGE 399
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. Defaults as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list. If you do not configure the AS-PATH access list, the default is permit (to allow routes). The maximum is 16 characters. in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes.
PAGE 400
Usage Information If you configure the neighbor maximum-prefix command and the neighbor receives more prefixes than allowed by the neighbor maximum-prefix command configuration, the neighbor goes down and the show ip bgp summary command displays (prfxd) in the State/PfxRcd column for that neighbor. The neighbor remains down until you enter the clear ip bgp command for the neighbor or the peer group to which the neighbor belongs or you enter the neighbor shutdown and neighbor no shutdown commands.
PAGE 401
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 402
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 403
Usage Information If the number parameter is the same as the AS number used in the router bgp command, the remote AS entry in the neighbor is considered an internal BGP peer entry. This command creates a peer and the newly created peer is disabled (shutdown). Related Commands router bgp – Enter ROUTER BGP mode and configure routes in an AS. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates.
PAGE 404
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If you do not configure the Route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 405
neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} send-community command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 406
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 407
Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group.
PAGE 408
● the lower of the holdtime values is the new holdtime value, and ● whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions.
PAGE 409
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path. neighbor X:X:X::X password Enable TCP MD5 Authentication for an IPv6 BGP peer session.
PAGE 410
route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: ● ● ● ● match ipv6 address match ipv6 next-hop match ipv6 route-source set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 411
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 412
match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: name ● ● ● ● match ipv6 address match ipv6 next-hop match ipv6 route-source set ipv6 next-hop If you do not configure the route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 413
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced ● capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. ● clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
PAGE 414
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] Parameters local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 415
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 416
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 417
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list.
PAGE 418
● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
PAGE 419
Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 420
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] Parameters list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 421
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as- path-name regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL.
PAGE 422
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length | ipaddress] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes] Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 423
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in show ip bgp summary command Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 424
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 1109::33 2222::220 4000::33 4000::60 9000::4:2 9000::5:2 9000::6:2 9000::7:2 9000::8:2 9000::9:2 9000::a:2 9000::b:14 Dell# 18508 18508 18508 18508 18508 1 2 3 18508 18508 18508 18508 0 0 0 0 0 35 35 35 35 44 35 29 0 0 0 0 0 32 32 32 32 19 32 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 never never never never never 00:16:42 00:16:39 00:16:41 00:16:42 00:16:41 00:16:43 00:13:01 Active Active Active Active
PAGE 425
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table.
PAGE 426
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 427
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 428
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13.
PAGE 429
Parameters Defaults qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 430
Example Dell#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 4 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 2 -- linecard 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 4 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0
PAGE 431
IpMacAcl : VmanQos : EcfmAcl : FcoeAcl : iscsiOptAcl : ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Dell# test cam-usage Verify the CAM space that is available for IPv4 and IPv6 CAM profiles, and particularly to verify if enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you use in a policy map.
PAGE 432
Example Term Explanation Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
PAGE 433
Defaults UFT mode 2 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500 switch.. Usage Information This command takes effect only after reboot.
PAGE 434
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 435
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3. ● On line card 0, port set 0 consists of ports 0–44; port set 1 consists of ports 48–92; port set 2 consists of ports 96–140.
PAGE 436
Usage Information Example To display the per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the show control-traffic queue command. Dell#clear control-traffic queue 2 counters Dell# control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. Z9500 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 437
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. When you apply a QoS input policy-map for rate-limiting control-plane traffic (CoPP), you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Related Commands qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP.
PAGE 438
show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. Z9500 Syntax show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe] counters Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for rate-limited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP). linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID and port pipe to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a portset port-pipe specified Z9500 line card and port set.
PAGE 439
BGP 0 v6 BGP 0 OSPF 0 v6 OSPF 0 RIP 0 VRRP 0 v6 VRRP 0 IGMP 0 PIM 0 NTP 0 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 MLD 0 MSDP 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 iSCSI 0 FCoE 0 SFLOW 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 HYPERPULL 0 OPENFLOW 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 440
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. In the show output, Rx Bytes displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic received, on which queue-based rate limiting is applied. Tx Counters displays the number of bytes transmitted to a controlplane CPU after queue-based rate limiting is applied.
PAGE 441
Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20 Q21 Q22 Q23 Command History 1800 2000 5200 1850 12450 1 1 1 1 600 7000 800 5000 1000 6000 3000 3000 4000 100 100 100 100 1000 7000 1000 5000 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 442
----------TCP (BGP) 2500 UDP (DHCP) 1200 UDP (DHCP-R) 1200 TCP (FTP) 400 ICMP 300 IGMP 300 TCP (MSDP) 100 UDP (NTP) 200 OSPF 2500 PIM 300 UDP (RIP) 200 TCP (SSH) 400 TCP (TELNET) 400 VRRP 400 any/179 179/any _ Q15 RP 67/68 68/67 _ Q7 CP 67 67 _ Q7 CP any 21 _ Q4 CP any any _ Q6 CP any any _ Q14 RP any/639 639/any _ Q14 RP any 123 _ Q4 CP any any _ Q15 RP any any _ Q14 RP any 520 _ Q15 RP any 22 _ Q4 CP any 23 _ Q4 CP any any _ Q15 RP sho
PAGE 443
-------TCP (BGP) ICMPV6 NA ICMPV6 RA ICMPV6 NS ICMPV6 RS ICMPV6 VRRPV6 OSPFV3 2500 -------any/179 any any any any any any any -------179/any any any any any any any any ------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ---------Q15 RP Q3/Q11 CP/RP Q3/Q11 CP/RP Q2/Q10 CP/RP Q2/Q10 CP/RP Q5 CP Q15 RP Q15 RP ----------2500 600 600 600 600 300 400 show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. Z9500 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 444
show protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 protocol-queue mapping for each configured protocol. Z9500 Syntax show protocol-queue-mapping [queue-id queue-number] Parameters queue-id queue- (Optional) Display the protocol-queue mapping for a specified control-plane queue. The range of CPU queue numbers is from 0 to 23. number Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 445
2000 2000 MLD 500 500 v6 MULTICAST 500 500 CATCH ALL v6 ICMP NA 1000 1000 v6 ICMP RA 1000 1000 v6 ICMP NS 1000 1000 v6 ICMP RS 1000 1000 v6 ICMP 2000 2000 BGP 2000 2000 OSPF 2000 2000 RIP 1000 1000 VRRP 2000 2000 ICMP 2000 2000 IGMP 2000 2000 PIM 2000 2000 MSDP 2000 2000 BFD 3000 3000 802.
PAGE 446
UNRESOLVED ARP L2 DST HIT/ 500 500 BROADCAST MULTICAST CATCH ALL 500 500 ACL LOGGING 1000 1000 L3 HEADER ERROR/TTL0 500 500 IP OPTION/TTL1 500 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 500 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 500 500 ICMP REDIRECT 500 500 SOURCE MISS 500 500 STATION MOVE 500 500 446 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Q0/Q8 CP/RP 200 200 Q9 RP 200 200 Q20 LP 200 200 Q0 CP 200 200 Q0 CP 100 100 Q1 CP 200 200 Q1 CP 200 200 Q1 CP 200 200 Q20 LP 200 200 Q20 LP 200 200
PAGE 447
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 448
To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. The default is 2 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 449
clear pfc counters sfm backplane all Clear the PFC counters on sfm and backplane ports. Syntax Parameters Defaults clear pfc counters sfm <0-5/all> backplane all backplane all Enter the keywords all backplane all to clear the counters on all interfaces. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 450
dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. Syntax Show dcb linecard <0-2> port-set <0-3> Parameters unit number Enter the linecard number. The range is from 0 to 2. port-set number Enter the port-set number. The range is from 0 to 3. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 451
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/ port command. The following describes the show interface pfc summary command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities.
PAGE 452
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Error pkts Number of PFC error packets received. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted.
PAGE 453
0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port pfc statistics port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 454
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: ● Apply the dcb-map command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. ● Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface.
PAGE 455
Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mpbs) Burst(KB) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 400 100 4000 400 ETS 1 3 50 ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PE
PAGE 456
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers.
PAGE 457
Parameters Defaults auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: ● auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. ● cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). ● cin: configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.0). ● ieee-v2: configures the port to use IEEE 802.1az (Draft 2.5). Auto Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 458
fcoe priority-bits Configure the FCoE priority advertised for the FCoE protocol in application priority TLVs. Syntax fcoe priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured FCoE priority, use the no fcoe priority-bits command. Parameters Defaults priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 459
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stack-unit/port command.
PAGE 460
Field Description Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Status: Sequence Number Peer DCBX Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer Status: device. Acknowledgment Number Example Total DCBX Frames transmitted Number of DCBX frames sent from the local port.
PAGE 461
Total Total Total Total DCBX DCBX DCBX DCBX Frames transmitted 27 Frames received 6 Frame errors 0 Frames unrecognized 0 dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults dcb-map map-name map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. None.
PAGE 462
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_group-num dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num Parameters dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map.
PAGE 463
[ [committed | peak ] | [peak | committed] {<0-40000>} [<0-4000>]] pfc {on| off} Parameters priority-group group-num bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword priority-group followed by the number of an 802.1p priority group. Use the priority-pgid command to create the priority groups in a DCB map. Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100.
PAGE 464
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. The dcb-map linecard all backplane all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to backplane dcb-policy buffer-threshold sfm all port-set all backplane all Assign the DCB policy to all sfm and backplane ports interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold interface configuration.
PAGE 465
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Configure the maximum shared buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the shared buffer that is allocated in the system by default. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size.
PAGE 466
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode. You can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
PAGE 467
show linecard port-set backplane all Displays the PFC buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. Syntax Parameters show linecard <0-2/all> port-set <0-3/all> backplane all [pfc buffer-threshold | details | statistics] | [ ets details] detail Enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networkin OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 468
Example of show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all ets detailsoutput Dell#show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all ets details linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 % ETS 1 3 50 % ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 - show sfm backplane all pfc buffer-threshold Displays the PFC buffer threshold assigned to a Q
PAGE 469
Example of show sfm 0 backplane all pfc details output Dell#show sfm 0 backplane all pfc details sfm 0 backplane all Admin mode is On Admin is enabled, Priority list is 3 Local is enabled, Priority list is 3 Link Delay 65535 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts Dell#sh sfm 0 backplane all pfc statistics sfm 0 backplane port 0 Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames ------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0
PAGE 470
queue 0 to queue Specify the queue number to which the QoS policy buffer parameters apply 7 pause Pause frames to be sent at the specified buffer limit levels and pause packet settings no-drop The packets for this queue must not be dropped value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer-size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 7787. The default is 45KB.
PAGE 471
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global bufferthreshold setting. Syntax Parameters Default dcb-policy buffer-threshold linecard <0-2/all> port-set <0-3/all> backplane all buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold None Command Modes INTERFACE mode Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 472
show qos dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. Syntax show qos dcb buffer-threshold {name} Parameters name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 473
● Port {id |all} queue ucast {id | all} - egress queue-level snapshot for unicast packets only ● Port {id |all} queue mcast {id | all} - egress queue-level snapshot for multicast packets only ● Port {id |all} prio-group {id | all} - ingress priority-group level snapshot history Y Historical snapshot details of buffer space statistics, where Y can be one of the following: ● Instance {all | id} - Displays the information for all instances or the specified instance of the snapshot.
PAGE 474
If only two instances are available at the time the above show command is issued, only two instances will be displaye ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS Instance 1 Instance 2 10S 20S ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------UCAST 2 5 4 1 UCAST 3 2 0 UCAST 11 0 3 MCAST 4 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 5 prio-gr linecard 0 unit 0 port 5 (interfac
PAGE 475
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 linecard: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST
PAGE 476
UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To determine the port that is congested and monitor all queues (including multicast and unicast queues] only on that Dell#$show hardware linecard 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue linecard: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCA
PAGE 477
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST Dell# 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To identify the port that is congested and monitor all the priority groups on that particular port: Dell#show hardware linecard 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio al linecard: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 Dell# To dete
PAGE 478
Example Field Description resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes Dell#show run buffer-threshold ! dcb-buffer-threshold test1 pfc priority 0 buffer-size 40 pfc priority 3 buffer-size 50 ! dcb-buffer-threshold test2 pfc priority 0 buffer-size 80 pause-threshold 50 ! dcb-buffer-threshold test3 pfc priority 0 buffer-size 80 pause-threshold 60 resume-threshold 30 On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 pfc buffer-threshold ------------------
PAGE 479
Default 7488 Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is currently allocated in the system by default.
PAGE 480
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information PFC and ETS are enabled by default on the interfaces when DCB is globally enabled (refer to dcb enable). In some network topology, you may want to disable PFC on an interface and apply link level flow control; Similarly you may want to disable ETS on an interface and apply QoS bandwidth configurations.
PAGE 481
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: ● Offline Diagnostic Commands ● Buffer Tuning Commands ● Hardware Commands Topics: • • • • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands.
PAGE 482
Related Commands logging coredump server – designates a server to upload kernel core-dumps. logging coredump server Enable the platform to send application core dumps to an FTP server. Syntax logging coredump server {ftp-server | ip-address | ipv6-address} username (ftp-username | name} password [type] {ftp-password | password} Parameters ftp-server Enter the hostname or IP address of the FTP server where Dell Networking OS sends application core dumps.
PAGE 483
NOTE: You must disable logging coredump before you designate a new server destination for your core dumps. Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.txt , where N is 0,1, or 2 for the line-card processor (LP) and 0 for the Control processor (CP) and Route Processor (RP).
PAGE 484
mode and test packets are transmitted through those components. These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations. Defaults interactive Enter the keyword interactive to run offline diagnostics in interactive mode. testname name Enter the testname name parameters to run a specified offline diagnostic test. Enclose the test-case name in double quotes (“ “). For example: diag level1 testname “first”.
PAGE 485
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. To run diagnostic tests on an offline switch, use the diag command. The system reboots when offline diagnostics complete.
PAGE 486
show diag Display results of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. Z9500 Syntax show diag {all | {{cp | rp | linecard} unit-id} [summary | detail] Parameters Defaults all Enter the keyword all to display the results of offline diagnostic tests on all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. cp unit-id Enter the cp unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic tests run on the Control Processor CPU. The Control Processor CPU ID is 0.
PAGE 487
Dell# show diag linecard 0 summary Diag status of linecard member 0: --------------------------------linecard is currently offline. linecard level0 diag issued at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:39:57 AM. Current diag status : Card diags are in progress. Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:04 AM Last notification message : Testing ...
PAGE 488
DELL DIAGNOSTIC PPID PPID Rev Service Tag Part Number Part Number Revision SW Version [0] ------- NA NA NA NA NA 9-2(1-509) Available free memory: 2,635,960,320 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC eepromTest .................................................. PASS Starting test: i2cTest ......
PAGE 489
ERROR: Qsfp Module:23 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:24 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:27 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:28 is not present ERROR: Qsfp Module:29 is not present qsfpOpticsTest .............................................. qsfpPhyTest ................................................. rtcTest ..................................................... sataSsdTest ................................................. Starting test: temperatureTest ......
PAGE 490
Usage Information Example: Before offline diagnostics are run on a switch Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a switch Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics on Z9500 CPUs: line-card processors (Linecard slots 0 to 2), Control Processor (Linecard slot 3), and Route Processor (Linecard slot 4). Dell# show diag information Diag information: Diag software image version: 9.5(0.
PAGE 491
wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically. level2 Defaults Enter the keyword level2 to display only the Level 2 diagnostic tests. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics.
PAGE 492
Buffer Tuning Commands This section describes the buffer tuning commands supported on the switch. NOTE: Reconfiguring the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning command without first contacting the Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC). buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface.
PAGE 493
Hardware Commands The hardware commands supported on the switch allow you to display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear control—traffic {all | cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe} counters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to clear the counters for control traffic on the control plane.
PAGE 494
● cpu data-plane statistics: Clears data-plane statistics, including the high-Gigabit Ethernet (HiGig) port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. ● cpu i2c statistics : Clears active i2c-address statistics. ● cpu sata-interface statistics: Clears sata-interface error counter statistics. cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic.
PAGE 495
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from a specified line card.
PAGE 496
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands.
PAGE 497
show control-traffic Display information about the control traffic transmitted on a Z9500 CPU: Route Processor, Control Processor, or line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show control—traffic {cp | rp | linecard slot-id} counters cp Enter the keyword cp to display control-traffic information from the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to display control-traffic information from the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 498
sfm sfm-unit-num {buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port | totalbuffer}} | counters | details| drops | port-stats | register | table-dump}} Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Control Processor. The command options are: ● cpu data-plane statistics: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected.
PAGE 499
○ ipmc-replication: Displays the multicast IPMC replication table from the bShell. ○ port-stats: Displays the internal statistics on a per-port basis. ○ register: Displays the line-card internal registers. ○ table-dump: Displays the tables from the bShell. ● bp-link-map: Displays the backplane links (between leaf/port and spine/ fabric) on a specified line card. ● bp-link-state: Displays the status of the backplane links on a specified line card.
PAGE 500
Example (Linecard CPU Dataplane: Statistics) 500 Version Description 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 501
Example (PartyBus Port: Statistics) Example (Linecard: Drops) Dell#show hardware party-bus port 0 statistics Party Bus Transmit Counters for port 0: Tx Octets = 231162055 Tx Drop Packets = 0 tx_q0_pkts = 303459 tx_q1_pkts = 0 tx_q2_pkts = 0 tx_q3_pkts = 0 tx_q4_pkts = 0 tx_q5_pkts = 0 tx_broad_pkts = 6178 tx_multi_pkts = 852 tx_uni_pkts = 296429 tx_pause_pkts = 0 tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters
PAGE 502
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 502 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 28 32 36 40 44 Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 25 0 29 0 33 0 37 0 41 0 45 0 50 0 51 0 52 0 53 0 54 0 55 0 56 0 57 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 503
--- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 HOL DROPS on COS6 HOL DROPS on COS7 HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS on COS20 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PR
PAGE 504
1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) 504 xe13 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe14 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe15 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe16 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII xe17 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XGMII ge0 up 1G FD SW No Forward None FA GMII hg0 up 42G FD SW No Forward None F XGMII hg1
PAGE 505
0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x56002004 0x56002005 0x56002006 0x56002007 0x56002008 0x56002009 0x5600200a 0x5600200b 0x5600200c 0x5600200d 0x5600200e 0x5600200f 0x36000200 0x36000201 0x36000202 0x36000203 0x37040000 0x37030000 0x22001200 0x22001000 0x02001a00 0x02001a00 0x02001a00 0x02001a00 0x0200
PAGE 506
0x1e00100d CFAPBANKFULL(13).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e00100e CFAPBANKFULL(14).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e00100f CFAPBANKFULL(15).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e003000 CFAPBANKSTATUS(0).mmu0 = 0x00000028 0x1e003001 CFAPBANKSTATUS(1).mmu0 = 0x00000025 0x1e003002 CFAPBANKSTATUS(2).mmu0 = 0x00000022 0x1e003003 CFAPBANKSTATUS(3).mmu0 = 0x00000025 0x1e003004 CFAPBANKSTATUS(4).mmu0 = 0x00000023 0x1e003005 CFAPBANKSTATUS(5).mmu0 = 0x00000023 0x1e003006 CFAPBANKSTATUS(6).mmu0 = 0x00000027 0x1e003007 CFAPBANKSTATUS(7).
PAGE 507
The linkStatus of Front End Port 19 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 20 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 21 is TRUE The linkStatus of Front End Port 22 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 23 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 24 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 25 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 29 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 33 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 37 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 41 is FALSE The linkStatus of
PAGE 508
Example (Linecard: TotalBuffer) Example (Linecard Unit Port: BufferInfo) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer total-buffer ------ Buffer Details for linecard 2 -----Total Buffers allocated per linecard 61440 Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: Default Packet Buffer allocate for Used Packet Buffer for the Port: 0 buffer unit 0 port 12 buffer-info 13 ----44537 the Port: 150 Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 q
PAGE 509
Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Related Commands Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0
PAGE 510
Example Dell#show hardware ipv6 eg-acl linecard 0 port-set 0 EID 0x000013ce: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =1 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Offset: 1 Width: 8 DATA=0x0000003a MASK=0x000000ff IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x000000
PAGE 511
Parameters Defaults eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to display ingress or egress ACL data. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. port-set number Enter the keywords port-set number parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-set numbers is from 0 to 3. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 512
StageEgress action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 65 slice = 3 idx=1 entries=1}{Packets} --More-- show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a Z9500 line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe Parameters acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data.
PAGE 513
IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} EID 0x00001101: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x1101, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpFrag Offset: 7 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000000 MAS
PAGE 514
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 515
MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ffc0003ffc Stage StageIngress _bcmFieldQualifyData Offset: 61 Width: 128 DATA=0x00000080 00000000 00000000 00000000 MASK=0x00003fc0 00000000 00000000 00000000 slice=0, slice_idx=0x101, part =1 prio=0xff, flags=0x10302, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, action={act=CosQNew, param0=6(0x6), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPbmp, param0=1073741824(0x40000000), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RpDrop, p
PAGE 516
MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ffc0003ffc Stage --More-- show hardware vlan-counters Display the hardware VLAN statistics. Syntax show hardware vlan-counters vlan-id Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 517
filter Specify the packet that will be dumped. If no filter is entered, all packets are dumped. Filter expressions usually consist of an id (name or num ber) preceded by one or more qualifiers. There are three different kinds of qualifier: type, direction, or protocol. Enclose the filter option with double quotes: “port 20.” The range is 1 to 100 characters. max-file-count Enter the maximum number of 1MB files. The maximum file size for a TCP dump capture is 1MB.
PAGE 518
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 519
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 520
Example The following example shows how to clear the discard counters globally: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters The following example shows how to clear the discard counters on an interface: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface TenGigE 1/10 The following example shows how to clear the discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface portchannel
PAGE 521
Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 522
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 523
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server.
PAGE 524
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 525
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 526
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 527
ip address dhcp relay information-option Include the relay-information option (option 81) in DHCP packets sent by the client. Some DHCP servers can be configured to allocate IP addresses based on option 81. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip address dhcp relay information-option [remote-id [hostname | mac | remote-id] remote-id Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. hostname remote-id Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters.
PAGE 528
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
PAGE 529
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 530
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool. Z9500 Syntax network network /prefix-length Parameters Defaults network/ prefixlength Specify a range of addresses. Prefix-length range is from 17 to 31. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 531
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp client statistics Display statistical information about DHCP client interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp client statistics [interface type slot/port] interface typeslot/port Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP client information for a specified interface.
PAGE 532
show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters Defaults pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 533
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 534
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to show the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 535
Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 permit vlan 10 host permit vlan 10 host permit vlan 10 host host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 count (0 packets) NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
PAGE 536
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 537
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection-trust — specifies a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. Z9500 Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes ● INTERFACE ● INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 538
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.
PAGE 539
Example Dell# clear ipv6 dhcp snooping? binding Clear the snooping binding database ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 540
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 541
To delete the DHCP snooping binding entry from DHCP snooping database, use the [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ipv6 ipv6-address interface interface-type | interface-number lease valuecommand. Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IPv6 address. vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 542
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay To set time interval for storing the snooping binding entries in a file. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping database write-delay value To disable the storing of snooping binding entries in a file, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping writedelay command.
PAGE 543
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew To load the binding entries from the file to DHCPv6 snooping binding database. Syntax ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 544
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series.
PAGE 545
ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 546
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] [vlan vlan-id] Parameters Defaults ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 547
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500. Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa. Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)#ipv6 helper-address X:X:X:X::X IPv6 helper address VRF VRF name. Global Global address space show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 548
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to show the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 549
Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 permit vlan 10 host permit vlan 10 host permit vlan 10 host host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 count (0 packets) NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
PAGE 550
Example Dell#show ipv6 dhcp snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping IPv6 DHCP Snooping Mac Verification : Enabled. : Disabled.
PAGE 551
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm hg hash-algorithm hg-seed hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 552
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 553
● crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 ● xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 ● xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 ● xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 ● xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 ● xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR hg-seed seed- value lag { crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32
PAGE 554
Usage Information To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. For example,hashalgorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the line card option changes the hash for a particular line card by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields. The line-card option is applicable with the lag-hash-align microcode only.
PAGE 555
Term heading Usage Information Description heading Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The default ECMP hash configuration is crc-lower.
PAGE 556
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing.
PAGE 557
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 558
Related Commands show ip cam linecard – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for a set of ports on a line card. link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. Z9500 Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 559
show config Display the ECMP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 560
15 Flex Hash This chapter describes the Flex Hash enhancements. Topics: • • • • load-balance ingress-port enable load-balance flexhash lacp fast-switchover encapsulation dot1q load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash feature. Z9500 Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.
PAGE 561
load-balance flexhash Configure Flex hash operation, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets are processed by the Flex hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
PAGE 562
lacp fast-switchover Cause the physical ports to be aggregated faster by configuring this capability in a port-channel on both the nodes that are members of a port-channel. Syntax lacp fast-switchover To disable the capability of faster aggregation of the member ports of a LAG or a port-channel bundle, use the no version of this command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 563
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z9500 Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 564
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Command History Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 565
With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 aes128-cbc hmac-sha1 10.11.8.13 1 aes128-cbc hmac-sha1 10.1.20.48 ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, port number, and version of the SSH client.
PAGE 566
NOTE: If the FIPS mode is enabled, this option does not display in the output. Defaults As indicated above. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.
PAGE 567
17 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the Z9500platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 568
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface.
PAGE 569
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive-specific packets.
PAGE 570
feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. Z9500 Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 571
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. Z9500 Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters Defaults fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. 0x0EFC00 Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● VLAN INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 572
fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address. Z9500 Syntax fip-snooping max—sessions—per—enode—mac max-sessions-value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value, use the no fip-snooping max— sessions—per—enode—mac command. Parameters Defaults max-sessionsvalue Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64.
PAGE 573
---100 ------TRUE -------0X0EFC00 show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 574
Parameters fcf-mac-address Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 575
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping sessions command shown in the following example. Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. FCF Interface Slot/ port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected.
PAGE 576
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 577
Example Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 578
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 show fi
PAGE 579
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 580
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 581
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 582
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, restrict debug information.
PAGE 583
disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 584
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. control-vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 585
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. Z9500 Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters Defaults master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode.
PAGE 586
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 587
● The number of state change counters Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command is executed.
PAGE 588
dead-interval milliseconds Defaults Enter the keyword dead-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the dead interval of the control packets. The range is from 50 to 6000 ms. Default: 1500 ms. NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval. ● 500 ms for hello-interval milliseconds ● 1500 ms for dead-intervalmilliseconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 589
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 590
• • • • • protocol gvrp show config show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. Z9500 Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 591
event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events. pdu Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 592
Related Commands gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. Z9500 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds.
PAGE 593
● Leave All Timer — The Leave All timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a Leave-all message so that other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. Z9500 Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 594
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 595
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 596
---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# Related Commands garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show gvrp [brief | interface] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 597
Te 3/5 Te 3/6 Te 3/7 Te 3/8 R3#show gvrp brief Related Commands Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled No No No No show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 598
● An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 599
20 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IGMP Commands ● IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 600
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 601
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 602
ip igmp group-join-limit To limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp group-join-limit number Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a second. The range is from 1 to 10000. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 603
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database.
PAGE 604
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 605
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 606
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
PAGE 607
Related Commands ip access-list standard — creates a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 608
ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp version {2 | 3} Parameters Defaults 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 609
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information.
PAGE 610
225.0.0.4 Example (VLT) Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Example (Details) 225.0.0.
PAGE 611
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 612
group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 613
● IGMP snooping reacts to Layer 2 topology changes multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP) triggers by sending a general query on the interface that comes in the FWD state. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier ● The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. ● You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin.
PAGE 614
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. Z9500 Syntax debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] ● To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. ● To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. Parameters snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 615
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command. When you enable this command from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping enables on all VLAN interfaces (except the default VLAN).
PAGE 616
ip igmp snooping flood This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping flood Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 617
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive Group-Specific Query messages.
PAGE 618
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached. To configure a static connection to the multicast router, enter the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface command in the VLAN context. The interface to the router must be a part of the VLAN where you are entering the command.
PAGE 619
Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 620
show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] Parameters vlan number Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 621
21 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: ● ● ● ● Basic Interface Commands EIS Commands Port Channel Commands UDP Broadcast Topics: • • • • • Basic Interface Commands Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands Port Channel Commands HiGig Port Channel Commands UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 622
Defaults vrrp [[ipv6] vrid ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan followed by the interface VLAN number.
PAGE 623
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface dampening counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 624
Defaults suppressthreshold Enter a number as the suppress threshold, the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to “error disabled”. The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2500. max-suppresstime Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 86400. The default is 20 seconds. Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 625
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 626
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Documentation modified—added Management to distinguish from duplex (10/100 Interfaces). Usage Information This command applies only to the Management interface on the route processor modules (RPMs).
PAGE 627
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.9/7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series with the thresholds option. The globally assigned 48-bit Multicast address 01-80-C2-00-00-01 is used to send and receive pause frames.
PAGE 628
Related Commands show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. Z9500 Syntax interface interface range Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
PAGE 629
You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#int tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)#exit Dell(conf)# interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 630
interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). Z9500 Syntax interface ManagementEthernet slot/port Parameters Defaults slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet, then the slot number (0 or 1) and port number zero (0). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 631
Defaults Not configured; number = 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 632
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 633
Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface portchannel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces. VLAN or port-channel interfaces that are not displayed in the show running-config command cannot be used with the bulk configuration feature of the interface range command.
PAGE 634
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 635
interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 636
Usage Information Version Description 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported. For more information, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter.
PAGE 637
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up. When you configure no keepalive, the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down. linecard portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports on the switch.
PAGE 638
● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 4094. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card.
PAGE 639
Example Key Description q Return to the CLI prompt. Dell# monitor interface fortyGigE 2 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 3 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 640
interval q - Quit Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 641
pps pps pps Over 64B packets: Over 127B packets: Over 255B packets: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 3 in unit 0 is up Input throttles: 0 0 pps 0 Input CRC: 0 0 pps 0 Input IP checksum: 0 0 pps 0 Input overrun: 0 0 pps 0 Output underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Outp
PAGE 642
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header. When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes.
PAGE 643
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 644
rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax rate-interval seconds Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
PAGE 645
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell NetworkingOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the hard reset option. 7.8.1.
PAGE 646
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if)#show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range).
PAGE 647
show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For stack-units, enter the keywords stack-unit then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 11. ● For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
PAGE 648
Usage Information Use the show interfaces command for details on a specific interface. NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000. NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there is no change in the line-rate.
PAGE 649
Line Description Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: ● Number of packets, bytes, and underruns out of the interface ● Packet size and the number of the packets outbound to the interface ● Number of Multicast, Broadcast, and Unicast packets: ○ Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets ○ Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets ○ Unicasts = number of MAC unicast packets ● Number of VLANs, throttles, discards, and collisions: ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Example Usage In
PAGE 650
Pluggable media present, SFP type is 1000BASE-SX Wavelength is 850nm Interface index is 100974648 Port will not be disabled on partial SFM failure Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx on ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 1w0d5h Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0
PAGE 651
Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) Dell#show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6
PAGE 652
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
PAGE 653
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 01:46:17 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
PAGE 654
Example Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell#show interfaces dampening Interface Supp Flaps Penalty Half-Life Reuse Suppress Max-Sup State Te 3/2 Up 0 0 20 800 4500 120 Te 3/10 Up 0 0 5 750 2500 20 Dell# dampening — configures dampening on an interface. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 655
AutoNegotiation Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation. Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the local interface supports. AutoNegotiation Displays the control words the remote interface advertises during negotiation. Remote Partner’s Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the Ability remote interface supports.
PAGE 656
10MegHalfDplx: False Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Expansion: ParallelDetectionFault: False ... Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit slot and interface.
PAGE 657
Example Related Commands Dell#show interfaces Port Description Te 1/1 Te 1/2 Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 DellPort Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Te 1/12 Te 1/13 Te 1/14 Te 1/15 Te 1/16 Dell# status Status Up Down Down Down Up Down Down Up Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Speed 1000 Mbit Auto Auto Auto 1000 Mbit Auto Auto 1000 Mbit Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Duplex Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Vlan -1 1 -30-130 --1502,1504,150
PAGE 658
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Z9500 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 659
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ecmp-group — configures a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. shutdown Disable an interface. Z9500 Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 660
speed (Management interface) Set the speed for the Management interface. Z9500 Syntax speed {10 | 100 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100} command. Parameters Defaults 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto-negotiate its speed. auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 661
Parameters Defaults backup interface Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keywords backup interface configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE if the backup port is a 40G port.
PAGE 662
Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. Z9500 Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command.
PAGE 663
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr Clear management application packet fallback counters for all management application types.
PAGE 664
show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. Z9500 Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 665
telnet tftp : : 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Z9500 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 666
channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. Z9500 Syntax channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 667
An interface can belong to only one Port Channel. You can have 16 interfaces per Port Channel on the S-Series and Z-Series. The interfaces can be located on different line cards but must be the same physical type and speed (for example, all 1-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces). However, you can combine 100/1000 interfaces and GE interfaces in the same Port Channel.
PAGE 668
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing 16 physical interfaces on the S-Series. Z9500 Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters Defaults channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. Not configured.
PAGE 669
interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status.
PAGE 670
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 671
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. For Z9500, the range is from 1 to 512. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
PAGE 672
Example Field Description Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte...
PAGE 673
Field Description Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds. Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down). ● In Layer 2 port channels, an * (asterisk) indicates which interface is the primary port of the port channel. The primary port sends out interface PDU. ● In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated.
PAGE 674
destination-mac address Enter the keywords destination-mac then the MAC destination address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan then the VLAN-id. The range is from 0 to 4094. ether-type Enter the keywords ether-type in the XX:XX format. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 675
Line-card NPUs are numbered as follows: ● Line-card slot 0 uses three NPUs numbered 0 to 2. ● Line-card slot 1 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. ● Line-card slot 2 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. SFM NPUs are numbered 0 to 5. Line-card and SFM NPUs use HiGig port channels to transmit data. ● An SFM NPU uses 11 HiGig port channels, one port channel to transmit data to each line-card NPU. Each HiGig port channel in an SFM NPU consists of two HiGig links.
PAGE 676
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 8247266722598448750 collisions 7236269947061497449 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 677
Command Mode Command History CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. Defaults The default polling interval for HiGig link bundles is 15 seconds. Usage Information The rate interval used to poll member links is globally configured and applied to all HiGig link bundles in the system.
PAGE 678
hg-stats {port Enter the keyword hg-stats to display HiGig port statistics. hg-port-number | For an SFM NPU HiGig link bundle, specify only a HiGig port number. Valid SFM hgunit npu-id port port-number values are 1 to 22. hg-port-number } For a line-card NPU HiGig link bundle, specify an NPU ID and a HiGig port number. Line-card NPUs range from 0 to 3. Line-card HiGig port numbers range from 50 to 61.
PAGE 679
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 63970532045 packets, 5117642582960 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 63970531981 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 63970532058 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredD
PAGE 680
Field Description Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total bandwidth usage by the traffic transmitted on the HiGig link bundle. Alarm State Indicates whether an alarm has been generated if uneven traffic distribution occurs in a HiGig link bundle. Possible values are Active and Inactive.
PAGE 681
debug ip udp-helper Enable UDP debug and display the debug information on a console. Z9500 Syntax debug ip udp-helper To disable debug information, use the no debug ip udp-helper command. Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 682
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 683
Related Commands debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
PAGE 684
22 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 685
ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 686
Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 687
match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy. Z9500 Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
PAGE 688
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Z9500 Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 689
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 690
Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 0 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 23 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 1 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 23 a::2 /128 0 Match sequence Num Protocol ty
PAGE 691
Parameters Defaults transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Descrption 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 692
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 693
• show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9500 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF. ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 694
Related Commands clear arp-cache — clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. show arp — displays the ARP table. arp backoff-time Set the exponential timer for resending unresolved ARPs. Z9500 Syntax arp backoff-time seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds an ARP entry is black-holed. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 30. Defaults 30 Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 695
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults arp retries number number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5. 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 696
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 697
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 698
clear ip fib linecard Clear all FIB entries on a Z9500 line card (use this command with caution; refer to Usage Information.) Z9500 Syntax clear ip fib linecard slot—id Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card. Valid slot IDs are from 0 to 2. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 699
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table. show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table. clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs.
PAGE 700
clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Z9500 Syntax clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to clear TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear TCP statistics only from the Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 701
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. count value Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 702
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Related Commands 702 Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
PAGE 703
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). Z9500 Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 704
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. Z9500 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
PAGE 705
Usage Information The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length.
PAGE 706
● User Datagram Protocol (udp) In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
PAGE 707
ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. Z9500 Syntax ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, use the no ip directedbroadcast command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the interface does not receive directed broadcast packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 708
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command.
PAGE 709
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands ip name-server — specifies a DNS server. show hosts — Views the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Not configured.
PAGE 710
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Z9500 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 711
To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 712
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. Z9500 Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command.
PAGE 713
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, the system sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. Z9500 Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 714
Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet 22 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Tagged Packet 26 bytes with VLAN-Stack Header Related Commands mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Z9500 Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...
PAGE 715
Related Commands ipv6 name-server — configures an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 716
interface slot/ port Defaults Enter the keyword interface then the slot/port number. tunnel tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table.
PAGE 717
ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Z9500 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 718
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the L3 host table. Z9500 Syntax [no] ipv4 unicast-host-route Defaults Disabled; by default, all IPv4 route prefixes are stored installed only in the Longest Prefix Match (LPM) table.
PAGE 719
Parameters ip-selection {dest-ip | source-ip} mac {dest-mac | source-dest-mac | source-mac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria: ● dest-ip — Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. ● source-ip — Uses source IP address and source port fields to hash.
PAGE 720
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Z9500 Syntax management route {{ip-address mask | {ipv6-address prefix-length}} {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} To remove a static route, use the no management route{{ip-address mask | {ipv6address prefix-length}}{forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} command.
PAGE 721
show arp Display the ARP table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show arp [interface interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress macaddress [mac-address mask]] [retries] [static | dynamic] [inspection {database | statistics][summary] interface interface ip ip-address mask inspection (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 722
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 723
Internet Internet Internet Internet Usage Information 10.10.10.4 10.16.127.53 10.16.134.254 133.33.33.4 1 1 20 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma Ma Ma Ma 0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0 - CP CP CP CP The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Description Example (Summary) Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries.
PAGE 724
show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. Z9500 Syntax show hosts Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. 8.3.19.
PAGE 725
Example Related Commands Dell#show hosts Default domain is not set Name/address lookup uses static Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL Type -------- -------- ---ks (perm, OK) IP 4200-1 (perm, OK) IP 1230-3 (perm, OK) IP ZZr (perm, OK) IP Z10-3 (perm, OK) IP Dell# mappings Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.
PAGE 726
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example. Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry. Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths (ECMP) available for the default route for non-Jumbo line cards. For Jumbo line cards, displays 0,1 when ECMP is more than eight. CG Displays 0.
PAGE 727
Total Number of Routes which can be entered in CAM is 131072 Prefix Len Current Use Initial Sz ---------- ----------- ---------32 7 37994 31 0 1312 30 0 3932 29 0 1312 28 0 1312 27 0 1312 26 0 1312 25 0 1312 24 6 40610 23 0 3932 22 0 2622 21 0 2622 20 0 2622 19 0 2622 18 0 1312 17 0 1312 16 0 3932 15 0 1312 14 0 1312 13 0 1312 12 0 1312 11 0 1312 10 0 1312 9 0 1312 8 0 1312 7 0 1312 6 0 1312 5 0 1312 4 0 1312 3 0 1312 2 0 1312 1 0 1312 0 0 8 Dell# show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (
PAGE 728
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip fib command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address.
PAGE 729
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface source-ip address destination-ip Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 730
Example Dell#show ip flow interface Te 1/8 189.1.1.1 63.0.0.1 protocol tcp source-port 7898 destination-port 8 flow: 189.1.1.1 63.0.0.1 protocol 6 7868 8976 Ingress interface:Te 1/20 Egress interface:Te 1/14 to 1.7.1.2[CAM hit 103710] unfragmented packet Te 1/10 to 1.2.1.2[CAM hit 103710] fragmented packet show ip interface View IP-related information on all interfaces.
PAGE 731
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Supported on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEther net 1/1...
PAGE 732
Example (Brief) Dell#show ip interface brief Interface IP-Address Protocol TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 unassigned down TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 unassigned down TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned TenGigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.
PAGE 733
show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show ip protocols Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 734
show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show ip route hostname | ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | list prefixlist | protocol [process-id | routing-tag] | all | connected | static | summary] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify a name of a device or the IP address of the device to view more detailed information about the route. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify the network mask of the route.
PAGE 735
Usage Information Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 736
> R 101.10.10.0/24 Dell# Example (Summary) Direct, Te 2/9 120/0 00:09:15 Dell#show ip route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 2 static 1 Total 3 Total 3 active route(s) using Non-active Routes 0 0 0 612 bytes Dell#show ip route static Destination Gateway ----------------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.9, Te 1/2 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------1/0 3d2h show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list.
PAGE 737
R R R R C Related Commands Destination ----------2.1.0.0/24 2.1.1.0/24 2.1.2.0/24 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 Gateway ------via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te via 2.1.4.1, Te Direct, Te 2/43 2/43 2/43 2/43 2/43 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------120/2 3d0h 120/2 3d1h 120/1 3d0h 120/1 3d1h 0/0 3d1h ip prefix-list — enters CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 738
Example Dell>show ip route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 17 0 static 3 0 ospf 100 1368 2 Intra-area: 762 Inter-area: 1 External-1: 600 External-2: 5 Total 1388 2 Total 1388 active route(s) using 222440 bytes Total 2 non-active route(s) using 128 bytes Dell> Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters.
PAGE 739
Keyword Definition not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; the host/network is unreachable. security failures... Counts the number of received unicast/multicast packets that could not be forwarded due to: ● route not found for unicast/multicast; ingress interfaces do not belong to the destination multicast group ● destination IP address belongs to reserved prefixes; the host/network is unreachable bad options... Unrecognized IP option on a received packet. Frags: IP fragments received. ...
PAGE 740
Sent: 0 redirects, 0 unreachable, 0 echo, 0 echo reply 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp 0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 parameter problem UDP statistics: Rcvd: 0 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port 0 short packets, 0 bad length, 0 no port broadcasts, 0 socket full Sent: 0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts TCP statistics: Rcvd: 23829 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port Sent: 16048 total ARP statistics: Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies Sent: 21 requests, 10 replies (0 proxy) Related Commands
PAGE 741
Field Description ● bad offset to data ● too short Example 329 packets... Displays the number of packets and bytes received in sequence. 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size.
PAGE 742
Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets 7 Connections initiated, 8 connections accepted, 15 connections established 14 Connections closed (including 0 dropped, 0 embryonic dropped) 20 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Keepalive timeout, 0 keepalive probe, 0 Connections dropped in
PAGE 743
24 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 744
● ● ● ● l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 745
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.2.1.
PAGE 746
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 747
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 748
the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
PAGE 749
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 750
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 751
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 752
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 753
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 754
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 755
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 756
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 9.5(0.
PAGE 757
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 758
25 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 759
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 760
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 761
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 762
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 ? <0-128> Prefix length in bits Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 ? Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 no ip address ipv6 address 2002:1:2::3 /96 no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)# ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface.
PAGE 763
ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 764
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the rotocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command.
PAGE 765
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.
PAGE 766
ipv6 nd dad attempts To perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the management interface, configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts {number of attempts} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters Default number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address. The range is from 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface.
PAGE 767
Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information Use this command to add, edit, or delete an IPv6 RDNSS address and lifetime value. You can configure up to four IPv6 RDNSS addresses. You must specify a lifetime using the lifetime or infinite parameter. Example Dell(conf-if-te-0/1)#ipv6 nd dns-server 1000::1 1 ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements.
PAGE 768
parameters for all prefixes. If a prefix has been configured with lifetime parameter values, the default values cannot be applied using the ipv6 nd prefix default no-autoconfig command. ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address} To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor {ipv6address} {interface interface} command.
PAGE 769
● Duplicate Address Detection (DAD): Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use. ● Redirect: The router can inform a node about a better first-hop. Use the ipv6 neighbor command to manually configure the IPv6 address of a neighbor to be discovered by the switch. ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route.
PAGE 770
NOTE: If you disable the interface with an IPv6 address associated with the keyword permanent, the route disappears from the routing table. weight weight- value Defaults Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: Weight for a static route can be added only for the destination address and not for the route pointing to destination a interface. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 771
ipv6 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of extended IPv6 route prefixes (/65 to /128) in the L3 host table. Z9500 Syntax [no] ipv6 unicast-host-route Defaults Enabled; by default, extended IPv6 route prefixes are stored only in the L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 772
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, the system generates a syslog message indicating the action.
PAGE 773
show ipv6 cam linecard Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 cam linecard slot-id port-set {0-3} [summary | ipv6–address] line card slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. port-set Enter the keyword port—set followed by the port-pipe number. The range of Z9500 port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0; 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2.
PAGE 774
ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 0 configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686
PAGE 775
show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. Syntax Parameters show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
PAGE 776
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero — Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. show ipv6 fib linecard View all FIB entries.
PAGE 777
Total Number of Routes in the CAM is 1 Total Number of Routes which can be entered in CAM is 155647 IPC Messages Received from RTM 158 [Add route requests 0; Delete Route requests 0] [Clear Route requests 0] IPC Messages Received from NDPM 0 Section Current Use -----------------------128 0 127 0 126 0 125 0 124 0 123 0 122 0 121 0 120 0 119 0 118 0 117 0 116 0 --More-- show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting.
PAGE 778
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 779
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
PAGE 780
ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 0 configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 is down, line protocol is down IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of
PAGE 781
Example Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared. Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received.
PAGE 782
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Expires(min) Hardware Address State ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------100::1 0.
PAGE 783
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [vrf vrf-name] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 784
Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Example (SSeries) L = Local C = connected S = static R = RIP B = BGP IN = internal BGP EX = external BGP LO = Locally Originated O = OSPF IA = OSPF inter-area N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 = OSPF external type 1 E2 = OSPF external type 2 i = IS-IS L1 = IS-IS level-1 L2 = IS-IS level-2 IA = IS-IS inter-area * = candidate default > = non-active route + = summary routes
PAGE 785
N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, Gateway of last resort is not set C C S L Dell# Example (Summary) Destination Dist/Metric, Gateway, Last Change ----------------------------------------------------100::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/12, 20:00:18 400::/64 [0/0] Direct, Tu 1, 00:09:02 800::/64 [1/0] via 100::1, Te 1/12, 00:00:50 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 20:00:18
PAGE 786
26 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 787
Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi cos Set the QoS policy that is applied to the iSCSI flows.
PAGE 788
To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters Defaults enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 789
To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters tcpEnter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port-2...tcpport- port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to 16 requests. Separate port numbers with a comma. The default is 860, 3260. ip-address (Optional) Defaults Enter the ip-address that the iSCSI monitors. The ip-address specifies the IP address of the iSCSI target.
PAGE 790
show iscsi session Display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch. Syntax show iscsi session Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 791
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.
PAGE 792
27 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 793
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis hello padding isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show i
PAGE 794
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
PAGE 795
area-password Configure a hash message authentication code (HMAC) password for an area. Z9500 Syntax area-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no area-password command. Parameters Defaults hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
PAGE 796
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 797
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 798
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Entering debug isis enables all debugging parameters. To display all debugging information in one output, use this command. To turn off debugging, you normally enter separate no forms of each command. To disable all debug messages for IS-IS at once, enter the no debug isis command. debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies.
PAGE 799
debug isis graceful-restart Enables debugging information on IS-IS; this information contains graceful-restart details that are tied to a VRF. It displays GR hello, internal state, and event debugs. Z9500 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] graceful-retart [all | events | hello | states] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 800
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 801
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. Z9500 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 802
tied to the VRF that you specify. This command displays the debugging details of the received LSPs from the neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 803
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain.
PAGE 804
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 805
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 806
Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 807
domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain. Z9500 Syntax domain-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To disable the password, use the no domain-password command. Parameters Defaults hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 808
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 809
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 810
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 811
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters Defaults adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 812
To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] command. Parameters Defaults multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs. Both LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs are padded. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 813
Usage Information To build name-to-systemID mapping tables through the protocol, use this command. All show commands that display systems also display the hostname. Related Commands clns host — defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Z9500 Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command.
PAGE 814
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. Related Commands ● net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process.
PAGE 815
Related Commands ● net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. ● is-type — assigns a type for a given area. isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Z9500 Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters Defaults level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors.
PAGE 816
To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
PAGE 817
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. To conserve bandwidth and CPU usage, use a high hello interval seconds. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources).
PAGE 818
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. Z9500 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 819
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 820
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. Z9500 Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 821
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To protect your network from unauthorized access, use this command to prevent unauthorized routers from forming adjacencies. You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2.
PAGE 822
NOTE: Routers with a priority of 0 cannot be a designated router. Setting the priority to 0 lowers the chance of this system becoming the DIS, but does not prevent it. If all the routers have priority 0, one with highest MAC address becomes DIS even though its priority is 0. is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Z9500 Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command.
PAGE 823
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 824
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability. Even though throttling LSP generations slows down network convergence, no throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of LSP generations until the topology regains its stability.
PAGE 825
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. Z9500 Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
PAGE 826
Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 827
Related Commands lsp-refresh-interval — sets the link-state packet (LSP) refresh interval. maximum-paths Allows you to configure the maximum number of equal cost paths allowed in a routing table. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths an IP routing installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4.
PAGE 828
Defaults wide Allows you to generate and accept only new-style TLVs. The metric range is from 0 to 16777215. level-1 Enables the metric style on Level 1. level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 829
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Z9500 Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters Defaults network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 830
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 831
route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) If you do not enter the route-map argument, all routes are redistributed. If a map-name value is not specified, no routers are imported. ● metric metric-value = 0 ● metric-type= internal; level-2 Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 832
Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS Level 1 routes only. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes only. This setting is the default. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route.
PAGE 833
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 834
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63.
PAGE 835
set-overload-bit To set the overload bit in its non-pseudonode LSPs, configure the router. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Z9500 Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 836
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Example (Router- The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Isis) Dell(conf-router_isis)#show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 837
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.
PAGE 838
Example The bold sections identify that MultiTopology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis database IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! Dell#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
PAGE 839
show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings. Z9500 Syntax show isis [vrf vrf-name] graceful-restart detail Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Parameters Command History vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name if the VRf to display IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 840
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show isis [vrf vrf-name] hostname Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 841
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 842
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 843
show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] protocol vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display ISIS routing information corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 844
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display ISIS traffic interface information corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 845
Example Item Description LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 846
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only.
PAGE 847
28 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 848
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Z9500 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 849
lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Z9500 Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 850
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Z9500 Syntax lacp system-priority priority-value Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority.
PAGE 851
NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 852
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP information. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups. show lacp Display the LACP matrix. Z9500 Syntax show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] Parameters Defaults port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number.
PAGE 853
I-Collection enabled, J-Collection disabled, K-Distribution enabled LDistribution disabled, M-Partner Defaulted, N-Partner Non-defaulted, O-Receiver is in expired state, P-Receiver is not in expired state Port Te 1/6 is enabled, LACP is Actor Admin: State ACEHJLMP Oper: State ACEGIKNP Partner Admin: State BDFHJLMP Oper: State BCEGIKNP Dell# Example (Sys-id) enabled and mode is lacp Key 1 Priority 128 Key 1 Priority 128 Key 0 Priority 0 Key 1 Priority 128 Dell#show lacp 1 sys-id Actor System ID: Priority 3
PAGE 854
29 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: ● MAC Addressing Commands ● Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands ● Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
PAGE 855
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
PAGE 856
mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs. Z9500 Syntax mac-address-table static mac-address {multicast vlan vlan-id output—range interface}{output interface vlan vlan-id} To remove a MAC address, use the no mac-address-table static mac-address output interface vlan vlan-id command. Parameters mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded.
PAGE 857
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Unicast) mac-address-table static 00:01:00:00:00:01 {output Te 1/2 vlan 2} Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2,Te 1/3} Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change.
PAGE 858
Defaults dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. ● On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 859
mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. Z9500 Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters Defaults log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation.
PAGE 860
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 861
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Z9500 Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 862
address mac- addr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: interface ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 863
Parameters address mac- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns. Optionally, you can also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id.
PAGE 864
Column Heading Description Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: ● po — Port Channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 255 for TeraScale. ● te — 10-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port.
PAGE 865
Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN.
PAGE 866
Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: interface ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 867
NOTE: For more information, refer to VLAN Stacking and VLAN-related commands, such as portmode hybrid in the Interfaces chapter. default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Z9500 Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1.
PAGE 868
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the running-configuration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. Z9500 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command.
PAGE 869
show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 870
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 871
VLANs, P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated O - Openflow Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged 10 1/80) Active Q U U T 20 1/80) Active T Po20(Te 1/81) T Po10(Te 0/140,Te 30 Active T Po20(Te 1/81) T Fo 2/0 * Example (VLAN ID) NUM 1 Status Active Description Ports Fo 0/0 Fo 2/8 Po10(Te 0/140,Te Dell# show vlan id
PAGE 872
Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. Z9500 Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 873
track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. Z9500 Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 874
untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. Z9500 Syntax untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 875
● By default, FEFD is disabled. debug fefd Enable debugging of FEFD. Z9500 Syntax debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] To disable debugging of FEFD, use the no debug fefd {events | packets} [interface] command. Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received.
PAGE 876
● normal: Change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When the interface is placed in an “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. ● aggressive: Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “error-disabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal.
PAGE 877
Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command. Related Commands ● fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. ● fefd mode — changes FEFD mode on an interface. fefd interval Set an interval between control packets.
PAGE 878
Defaults normal Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 879
fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Z9500 Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 880
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 881
Field Description Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets. State Displays the state of the interface and can be one of the following: ● bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes). ● err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval. To reset an interface in this state, use the fefd reset command.) ● unknown (only found when FEFD mode is normal.
PAGE 882
30 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: ● LLPD Commands ● LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 883
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 884
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). Z9500 Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command. Parameters Defaults managementaddress Enter the keyword management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer.
PAGE 885
To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command. Parameters Defaults managementaddress Enter the keywords management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the specified interface. systemcapabilities Enter the keywords system-capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs to the specified interface.
PAGE 886
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface.
PAGE 887
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 888
disable Enable or disable LLDP. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 889
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. Z9500 Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command.
PAGE 890
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
PAGE 891
protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 892
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol. When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations. When you execute the no protocol lldp from INTERFACE mode, interfaces begin to inherit the configuration from global LLDP CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 893
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. Z9500 Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 894
show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 895
● manage Power over Ethernet (POE) ● identify physical location ● identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system.
PAGE 896
advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 897
Parameters coordinate-based Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in value hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes. ecs-elin value Defaults Enter the keywords ecs-elin then the Emergency Call Service (ecs) Emergency Location Identification Number (elin) numeric location string. The range is from 10 to 25 characters. unconfigured.
PAGE 898
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDPMED endpoint device. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 899
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. Z9500 Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 900
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 901
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 902
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 903
31 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 904
Related Commands clear arp-cache — clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. show arp — displays the ARP table. ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data-traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 905
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example (Multicast) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform.
PAGE 906
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IPv4 Multicast Commands ● IPv6 Multicast Commands Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands This section describes the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 907
ip mroute Assign a static mroute. Z9500 Syntax ip mroute [vrf vrf-name] destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the no ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] command. To delete all mroutes matching a certain mroute, use the no ip mroute destination mask command.
PAGE 908
Related Commands show ip mroute — displays the routing table. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The SSeries range is from 1 to 16000. The S-Series default is 4000.
PAGE 909
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 910
multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 911
Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 912
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIMregistered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability.
PAGE 913
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. To debug the MLD protocol for all ports or for specified ports, use the debug ipv6 mld_host command. Displayed information includes when a query is received, when a report is sent, when a mcast joins or leaves a group, and some reasons why an MLD query is rejected.
PAGE 914
33 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 915
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 916
Defaults rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache. Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache.
PAGE 917
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache.
PAGE 918
list name Defaults Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 919
ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 920
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 921
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 922
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sacache local command. ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer.
PAGE 923
Parameters Defaults number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000. 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 924
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 925
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Dell#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 926
Example 926 Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.
PAGE 927
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
PAGE 928
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 929
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9500 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 930
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 931
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9500 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters Defaults range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 932
Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected. Defaults default bridge-priority is 32768. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 933
Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 934
To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters Defaults range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 935
Example Dell(conf-mstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 936
Parameters instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 937
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 938
Te 0/2 Te 0/3 5 5 FWD EDS(Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning-tree command. Parameters Defaults spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 939
Defaults ● cost = depends on the interface type ● priority = 128 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 940
Usage Information On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 941
35 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 942
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 943
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR). Z9500 Syntax area area-id range ip-address mask [not-advertise] To disable route summarization, use the no area area-id range ip-address mask command. Parameters Defaults area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 944
area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. Z9500 Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command. Parameters Defaults area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-summary to prevent the ABR from sending summary Link State Advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Disabled.
PAGE 945
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 946
clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Z9500 Syntax clear ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 947
debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | database-timer ratelimit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information.
PAGE 948
Field Description l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 949
default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised.
PAGE 950
Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 951
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf asbr — displays the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 952
Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. inter-area dist2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords inter-area then a number to specify a distance metric for routes between areas. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. intra-area dist1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords intra-area then a number to specify a distance metric for all routes within an area.
PAGE 953
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 954
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 955
fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. Z9500 Syntax fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. none.
PAGE 956
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task.
PAGE 957
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 958
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command.
PAGE 959
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 960
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 961
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 962
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network.
PAGE 963
To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled. The system sends two packets: the first packet authenticated with the old key and the second packet authenticated with the new key. This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted by keeping the old key enabled. After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface.
PAGE 964
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 965
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 966
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 967
To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 16. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 968
Usage Information This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used. If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address mask area area-id To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area area-id command.
PAGE 969
passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface {default | interface} To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passive-interface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passive-interface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive.
PAGE 970
passive-interface interface ● The previous no passive-interface interface is removed from the running configuration. ● The ABR status for the router is updated. ● Save passive-interface interface into the running configuration. passive-interface default ● All present and future OSPF interfaces are marked as passive. ● Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. ● All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration.
PAGE 971
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 972
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.3 Added Route Map for BGP Redistribution to OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the keyword default. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 973
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. Z9500 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 974
Dell(conf-router_ospf)#no router-id Changing router-id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency [y/n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. Z9500 Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf name (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF.
PAGE 975
show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 976
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0.
PAGE 977
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show ip ospf process-id asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 978
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id database [database-summary] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs.
PAGE 979
10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands 13.1.1.1 676 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000003 0x6592 0x80000055 0x683e Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.135.2 908 0x8000002a 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 13.1.1.1 1184 0x80000068 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 192.68.135.
PAGE 980
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 981
show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 982
Example Field Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options.
PAGE 983
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 984
Example Field Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network. Dell#show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.
PAGE 985
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 986
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age.
PAGE 987
Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 988
show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 989
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: ● the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs ● the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs ● the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 990
Example Item Description (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 991
show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 992
Example Item Description Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Displays the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. TOS Displays the TOS options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metrics.
PAGE 993
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 994
Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Example Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor.
PAGE 995
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID.
PAGE 996
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM.
PAGE 997
neighbor routerid Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor then the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 998
Example Error Type Description Intf_Down Received packets on an interface that is either down or OSPF is not enabled. Non-Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router. Self-Org Receive the self originated packet. Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer.
PAGE 999
● ● ● ● ● Example (Statistics) The packet count received and transmitted for each neighbor Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell(conf-if-te-1/6)#do show ip ospf statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/6 Error packets (Receive statistics) Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum
PAGE 1000
Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. Z9500 Syntax show ip ospf process-id topology Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1001
summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Z9500 Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1002
Parameters Defaults delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds. ● delay = 5 seconds ● holdtime = 10 seconds Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1003
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached. In throttling, exponential backoff is used when sending same LSA, so that the interval is multiplied until the maximum time is reached.
PAGE 1004
area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area. Z9500 Syntax area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryptiontype] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1005
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Z9500 Syntax Parameters area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [keyencryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1006
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and keys) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1007
debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] debug ipv6 ospf bfd [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1008
fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Aug 25 11:19:59: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %BFDMGR-1-BFD_STATE_CHANGE: Changed session state to Init for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 on interface Te 1/2 (diag: NBR_DN) Aug 25 11:20:00: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %BFDMGR-1-BFD_STATE_CHANGE: Changed session state to Up for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 on interface Te 1/2 (diag: NO_DIAG) 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 got BFD msg 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: Bfd Msg Type Up for interface Te 1/2 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 updating NBR st
PAGE 1009
Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1010
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1011
graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart mode {planned-only | unplanned-only} To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode. Parameters Defaults planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only.
PAGE 1012
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series.
PAGE 1013
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1014
Usage Information Version Description 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1015
To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. 40 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1016
key-encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1017
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. By default, OSPFv3 graceful restart is disabled and functions only in a helper role to help restarting neighbor routers in their graceful restarts when it receives a Grace LSA.
PAGE 1018
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1019
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64.
PAGE 1020
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default.
PAGE 1021
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: ● 1 for a type 1 external route ● 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1022
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1023
Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-1-502 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client secu
PAGE 1024
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. Z9500 Syntax show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter TenGigabitEthernet slot/ port.
PAGE 1025
inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d11 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Fi
PAGE 1026
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1027
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary | grace-lsa] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1028
Process 1 database summary Type Count/Status Oper Status 1 Admin Status 1 Area Bdr Rtr Status 1 AS Bdr Rtr Status 1 AS Scope LSA Count 0 AS Scope LSA Cksum sum 0 Originate New LSAS 50 Rx New LSAS 22 Ext LSA Count 0 Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace-period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra
PAGE 1029
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1030
36 Pay As You Grow The Pay As You Grow (PAYG) software feature allows you to purchase a Z9500 switch with 36 40G ports (144 10G ports) and upgrade to a larger number of ports as your networking needs grow. Topics: • • install license show license install license Install the license for Z9500 ports from local flash, a remote server using a file transfer method, or an external flash device.
PAGE 1031
In the install license command syntax, host-ip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 [x:x:x:x::x] format address. An error message is displayed if the license is corrupted or invalid. Enter Yes at the prompt to continue the installation. You must reload the switch to enable the licensed ports. Example Dell# install license tftp://10.11.8.12/132.lic ! 3594 bytes successfully copied Retrieving license .......
PAGE 1032
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. In the show license command syntax, host-ip is either an IPv4 dotted decimal address or an IPv6 [x:x:x:x::x] format address.
PAGE 1033
37 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1034
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. Z9500 Syntax clear ip pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1035
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets.
PAGE 1036
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1037
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
PAGE 1038
ip pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list To remove the access list, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-accesslist command.
PAGE 1039
Parameters Defaults std-access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1040
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. Z9500 Syntax ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command.
PAGE 1041
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access-list Defaults Enter the name of an extended access list. Maximum 16 characters. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1042
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1043
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement.
PAGE 1044
ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable expiry timer for all sources on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1045
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold [infinity] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. infinity Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1046
When designated-router flooding is disabled, PIM-SM snooping only forwards the multicast traffic, which belongs to a multicast group for which the switch receives a join request, on the port connected towards the designated router. If the PIM DR flood is not disabled (default setting): ● Multicast traffic is transmitted on the egress port towards the PIM DR if the port is not the incoming interface. ● Multicast traffic for an unknown group is sent on the port towards the PIM DR.
PAGE 1047
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1048
show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] neighbor Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1049
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp [mapping | group-address] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group.
PAGE 1050
show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1051
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1052
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast source. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1053
* : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 TenGigabitEthernet 2/13 Upstream Port -/Dell#show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.1.2.1 165.87.1.7 PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.
PAGE 1054
PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register m
PAGE 1055
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1056
TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 (*, 226.1.1.4), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. Z9500 Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1057
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ipv6 pim tib – displays the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) ipv6 pim bsr-border Invoke IPv6 PIM debugging.
PAGE 1058
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 pim bsr-candidate Configure the router as a bootstrap (BSR) candidate. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To disable the bootstrap candidate, use the no ipv6 pim bsr-candidate command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1059
Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1060
Dell(conf-if-gi-0/84)#ipv6 pim join-filter JOIN-FIL_ACL in Dell(conf-if-gi-0/84)#ipv6 pim join-filter JOIN-FIL_ACL out ipv6 pim neighbor-filter Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighboring system. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim neighbor-filter {access-list} Parameters Defaults access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1061
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 pim register-filter Configure the source DR so that it does not send register packets to the RP for the specified sources and groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults ipv6 pim register-filter access-list access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL that contains the sources and groups to filter. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1062
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. override Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override takes effect immediately during enable/disable. NOTE: This option is applicable to multicast group range. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1063
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1064
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1065
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1066
165:87:50::6 Dell# show ipv6 pim rp View all IPv6 multicast groups-to-rendezvous point (RP) mappings. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 pim rp [mapping | group-address] Parameters mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1067
show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1068
TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 Dell# Related Commands 1068 clear ipv6 pim tib – clears the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)
PAGE 1069
38 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • • • • • • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands ip pim ssm-range show ip pim ssm-range IPv6 PIM Commands IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands ipv6 pim ssm-range show ipv6 pim ssm-range IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1070
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1071
Exmaple Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Group Address / MaskLen IPv6 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv6 PIM-SM and IPv6 PIM-SSM.
PAGE 1072
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. After the SSM range is applied, the changes are applied internally without requiring clearing of the TIB. The SSM ACL overrides the default range. To use the default range while the SSM range is active, add the default range to the SSM ACL. When the ACL rules change, the ACL manager and PIM modules apply the new rules automatically. When you remove the SSM ACL, the default range is restored.
PAGE 1073
39 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1074
ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Z9500 Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters Defaults redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list. none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-vl-) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1075
Parameters Defaults redirect-listname Enter the name of a redirect list. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1076
● ● ● ● ● operator = = = = = finish (no more data from the user) push function reset the connection synchronize sequence number urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: ● ● ● ● ● Defaults fin psh rst syn urg eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt= less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the portcommand parameter.
PAGE 1077
track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1078
seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
PAGE 1079
● ● ● ● neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt= less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.) source port Enter the keywords source-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule destination-port Enter the keywords destination-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule.
PAGE 1080
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1081
Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell#show ip redirect-list IP redirect-list ecmp: Defined as: seq 5 redirect 100.1.1.
PAGE 1082
40 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1083
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session. monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring.
PAGE 1084
Example Related Command Dell(conf)# monitor session 60 Dell(conf-mon-sess-60) show monitor session — displays the monitor session. show running-config monitor session — displays the running configuration of a monitor session. show config Display the current monitor session configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1085
Parameters Defaults session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.
PAGE 1086
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1087
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by the port-channel id . interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1088
41 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.
PAGE 1089
• switchport mode private-vlan ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1090
Parameters Defaults community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN. primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1091
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1092
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below. The following describes the show interfaces private-vlan command shown in the Examples below.
PAGE 1093
Defaults isolated (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isolated and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of an isolated PVLAN. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the community and isolated PVLAN mapping to primary PVLANs. primary vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword primary and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of a primary PVLAN. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1094
Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) Dell# show vlan private-vlan isolated Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 100 isolated Yes Te 2/2,4-6 200 isolated Yes Te 1/2,4-6 Dell# show vlan private-vlan community Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ----------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 101 community Yes Te 2/7-10 20 primary Yes Po 10, 12-13 Te 1/1 201 community No 202 commu
PAGE 1095
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. Z9500 Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters Defaults host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as an promiscuous interface.
PAGE 1096
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1097
disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1098
Example Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1099
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree pvst Dell(conf-pvst)#no disable Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands disable — disables PVST+.
PAGE 1100
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. 6.
PAGE 1101
Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.130, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1567, received 3 The port is not in the Edge port mode Port 131 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.131 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1102
Te 1/2 5 Te 1/3 5 FWD EDS(Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 1/1/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 1/2/1 5 FWD Loopguard Te 1/3/1 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard Related Commands spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1103
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1104
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1105
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1106
vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Z9500 Syntax vlan vlan-range forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no vlan forward-delay command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1107
hello-time seconds Defaults Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1108
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1109
43 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. This chapter contains the following sections: ● Global Configuration Commands ● Per-Port QoS Commands ● Policy-Based QoS Commands Topics: • • • • Global Configuration Commands Per-Port QoS Commands Policy-Based QoS Commands DSCP Color Map Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1110
service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues. Z9500 Syntax service-class bandwidth-percentage queue0 percentage queue1 percentage queue2 percentage queue3 percentage Parameters Defaults percentage Enter the bandwidth-weight as a percentage. The range is from 1 to 100. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1111
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To apply dot1p-queue-mapping, use the service-class dynamic dot1p command. Related Commands show qos dot1p-queue-mapping — displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.
PAGE 1112
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.
PAGE 1113
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. You can configure all the data queues. For Z9500, you can configure queues 0-3. WRED profile contains a set of characteristics, such as the minimum and maximum WRED thresholds and the maximum drop rate. You can add and remove WRED parameters for one or more queues by using the command in a single line. All of the configured attributes apply to all the backplane ports and are for each queue.
PAGE 1114
● If the transmission endpoints are ECN-capable and traffic is congested, and the WRED algorithm determines that the packet should be dropped based on the drop probability, the packet is transmitted and marked so the routers know the system is congested and can slow transmission rates. ● If neither endpoint is ECN-capable, the packet may be dropped based on the WRED drop probability. This behavior is the identical treatment that a packet receives when WRED is enabled without ECN configured on the router.
PAGE 1115
Usage Information You can configure only service pools 0 and 1 because the Dell Networking OS uses only these two service pools. The service0 pool is used for lossy queues; the service1 pool is used for lossless (PFC) queues on all platforms. You can configure the weight for the WRED average queue size on service1 pool on which PFC is supported; service0 pool does not support PFC.
PAGE 1116
Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Z9500 Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1p-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1117
rate police Police the incoming traffic rate on the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults rate police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burstKB]] [vlan vlan-id] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 50.
PAGE 1118
rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax rate shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] Parameters Defaults kbps (Optional) Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). The range is from 0 to 10000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50.
PAGE 1119
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1120
Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-of-service policies to each class. Z9500 Syntax class-map {match-all | match-any} class-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] Parameters Defaults match-all Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist.
PAGE 1121
match ip dscp — configures the match criteria based on the DSCP value. match mac access-group — configures a match criterion for a class map based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. show qos class-map — views the current class map information.
PAGE 1122
description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1123
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1124
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1125
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1126
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1127
Parameters Defaults dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1128
policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface. Z9500 Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command. Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1129
cpu-qos Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create an input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1130
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map. This command enables Policy-Map-Output Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-out).
PAGE 1131
Usage Information To specify the name of the input QoS policy, use this command. After the input policy is specified, ratepolice is defined. This command enables Qos-Policy-Input Configuration mode — (conf-qos-policy-in). When changing a Service-Queue configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and readded automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset.
PAGE 1132
rate-police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic. Z9500 Syntax rate-police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burstKB]] Parameters Defaults kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Make the following value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000.
PAGE 1133
Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in kilobits per second (Kbps). The range is from 0 to 40000000. pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). The range is from . burst-kbps Enter the peak rate or committed rate size in kilobits per second. The range is from . The default is . burst-packets Enter the peak rate or committed rate size in packets per second. The range is from . The default is .
PAGE 1134
To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policymap-name [layer2] command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. layer2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1135
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1136
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1137
show qos class-map View the current class map information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1138
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1139
Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qospolicy-input qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-map- name qos-policy-input qos-policy-name Defaults Enter the keyword class then the class map name.
PAGE 1140
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policyoutput qos- Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. policy-name Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1141
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1142
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1143
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1144
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1145
Usage Information This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM. In such an instance, the Estimated CAM output column contains the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule.
PAGE 1146
threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. Z9500 Syntax threshold min number max number To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters Defaults min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB.
PAGE 1147
Parameters Defaults diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-policy-map-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1148
wred Configure a WRED profile for yellow or green traffic. Z9500 Syntax wred {yellow | green} profile-name To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [profile-name] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum).
PAGE 1149
exceed the minimum threshold configured. This setting applies to front-end and backplane ports. number Default Enter the weight as a number to be used to calculate the average-queue size. The range is 1 to 15. The default is 0. The default weight is zero. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.
PAGE 1150
When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is above the maximum threshold, packets are dropped based on the drop probability. This behavior is the identical treatment a packet receives when WRED is enabled without ECN configured on the router. Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile.
PAGE 1151
DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red.
PAGE 1152
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters Defaults map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1153
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). Example The following example assigns the color map, bat-enclave-map, to interface te 0/11.
PAGE 1154
44 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1155
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1156
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1157
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1158
description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1159
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1160
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates.
PAGE 1161
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. Z9500 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1162
2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1163
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic. version — sets the RIP version for the switch software. ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface.
PAGE 1164
Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1165
Usage Information Related Commands When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible. To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command. passive-interface — sets the interface to only listen to RIP broadcasts. network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command.
PAGE 1166
Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified. offset Enter a number from zero (0) to 16 to be applied to the incoming route metric matching the access list specified. If you set an offset value to zero (0), no action is taken. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 1167
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1168
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor.
PAGE 1169
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. Z9500 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1170
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355. match external {1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external then the numbers 1 or 2 to | 2} indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to indicate that internal routes should be redistributed. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value.
PAGE 1171
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Dell(conf)#router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown.
PAGE 1172
show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. Z9500 Syntax show ip rip database [ip-address mask] Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
PAGE 1173
[50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show running-config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1174
To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds. invalid Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval before routing updates are declared invalid or expired. The invalid value should be at least three times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295.
PAGE 1175
Defaults The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1176
45 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1177
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1178
Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
PAGE 1179
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1180
rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. Z9500 Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
PAGE 1181
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. Z9500 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1182
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value.
PAGE 1183
Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1184
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9500 Syntax show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1185
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1186
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. Z9500 Syntax show rmon log [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easyto-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1187
Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1188
Example (Brief) 1188 Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6003 101236775 TengigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 TengigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 TengigabitEthernet 3/0 9002 134529054 TengigabitEthernet 3/0 9003 134791198 TengigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TengigabitEthernet 3/1 Dell# Remote Monitoring (RMON)
PAGE 1189
46 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
PAGE 1190
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1191
description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1192
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9500 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command.
PAGE 1193
To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds. The range is from 50 to 950 milliseconds 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1194
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode.
PAGE 1195
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1196
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1197
Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID - ---- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Te 0/0 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e801.6aa8 128.257 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge --- ------ -------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---Te 0/0 ErrDis 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 P2P No Dell#show spanning-tree rstp Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1198
Defaults loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on an RSTP port or portchannel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on an RSTP port or portchannel interface. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1199
no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Z9500 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1200
47 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Command Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1201
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1202
Defaults addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator.
PAGE 1203
Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin Related Commands userrole, username, privilege show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1204
Usage Information Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role. For information about this topic, See Modifying Command Permissions for Roles.
PAGE 1205
● For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. ● For default, the default accounting methods used. Defaults start-stop Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event. wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS+ security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request.
PAGE 1206
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1207
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1208
Example Related Commands Dell#show accounting Active accounted actions on tty2, User guest Priv 1 Role netoperator Task ID 1, EXEC Accounting record, 00:00:30 Elapsed, service=shell Active accounted actions on tty3, User admin Priv 15 Role sysadmin Task ID 2, EXEC Accounting record, 00:00:26 Elapsed, service=shell aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function.
PAGE 1209
Related Commands aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1210
aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1211
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands.
PAGE 1212
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command.
PAGE 1213
Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscure-passwords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6.0.
PAGE 1214
● line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. ● none: no authentication. ● radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command. ● tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. ... method2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method. Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1215
Parameters method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines. default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines. method Enter one of the following methods: ● enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use.
PAGE 1216
Connections to the SSH server work with the following login mechanisms: local, radius, and tacacs. Related Commands login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. radius-server host — specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL).
PAGE 1217
Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1218
Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults Not configured. Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1219
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command.
PAGE 1220
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When configuring authentication, consider the following: ● If you configure the default authentication list using the default keyword, the list applies it to all the local and remote connections globally, unless you have specified some another authentication list for a specific connection.
PAGE 1221
Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch. service password-encryption — encrypts all passwords configured in the system. radius-server key — configures a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server.
PAGE 1222
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in the system.
PAGE 1223
show privilege View your access level. Z9500 Syntax show privilege Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1224
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show userscommand shown in the following example. Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using.
PAGE 1225
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes.
PAGE 1226
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1227
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command.
PAGE 1228
radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Z9500 Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 1229
radius-server timeout command. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default is 5 seconds. key [ encryptiontype ] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. The RADIUS host server uses this authentication key and the RADIUS daemon operating on this switch. For the encryption-type, enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered.
PAGE 1230
To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: ● 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. ● 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. key Defaults Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and RADIUS servers. It can be up to 42 characters long. Not configured.
PAGE 1231
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1232
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1233
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1234
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters.
PAGE 1235
Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port.
PAGE 1236
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Z9500 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1237
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1238
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Z9500 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1239
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1240
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters Defaults force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1241
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
PAGE 1242
Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1243
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1244
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Z9500 Syntax show dot1x interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1245
Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
PAGE 1246
This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys. NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024>: 1024 Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys.
PAGE 1247
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection.
PAGE 1248
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 Parameters Defaults 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1249
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbasedauthentication enable command.
PAGE 1250
ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh key-size 512-869 Parameters Defaults 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1251
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1252
Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts Dell(conf)# show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys used for the host-based authentication. ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekeylimit] command.
PAGE 1253
Example Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1254
Usage Information Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys device://filename command). Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) — adds keys for RSA authentication. ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication.
PAGE 1255
ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. The SSH server is enabled by default. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1256
When FIPS is not enabled, the default HMAC algorithms are the following: ● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1-96 ● hmac-sha2-256 ● hmac-sha2-256-96 kex keyexchangealgorithm Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server.
PAGE 1257
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced the cipher, kex and mac options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1258
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 1259
Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa1 1024 35 1310600154808733989532575153972496578500722064442949636740809356830889610203172266 7988956754966765265006379622189779927609278523638839223055081819166009928132616408 6643457746022192295189039929663345791173742247431553750501676929660273790601494434 050000015179864425629613385774919236081771341059533760063913083 Dell# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions.
PAGE 1260
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. Z9500 Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1261
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networkin OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1262
ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enable the “FIPS mode enable", this mode will support only v2 client. "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client.
PAGE 1263
Version Description ● hmac-sha2-256 ● hmac-sha2-256-96 Usage Information Example 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1264
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1265
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1266
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
PAGE 1267
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1268
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name Parameters Defaults name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1269
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1270
48 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1271
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1272
Example Related Command Version Description 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1273
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1274
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1275
Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1276
49 sFlow sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1277
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z9500 Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1278
In sFlow, the agent address is a single invariant IPv4 or IPv6 address used to identify the agent to the collector. It is usually assigned the address of a loopback interface on the agent, which provides invariance. The agent address is carried as a field in the payload of the sFlow packets. As part of the sFlow-MIB, if the SNMP request originates from a configured collector, the system returns the corresponding configured agent IP in the MIB requests.
PAGE 1279
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, and MXL switch. Usage Information When you enable ingress sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any incoming traffic.
PAGE 1280
sflow max-header-size extended Set the maximum header size of a packet to 256 bytes. Syntax sflow max-header-size extended To reset the maximum header size of a packet, use the[no] sflow max-header-size extended command. Parameters Defaults extended Enter the keyword extended to copy 256 bytes from the sample packets to sFlow datagram. 128 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1281
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval.
PAGE 1282
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. Z9500 Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets. 32768 packets Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1283
Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets.Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. The default is the Global default sampling. The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1284
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1285
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1286
50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: ● SNMP Commands ● Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1287
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1288
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router. show snmp group Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1289
show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. Z9500 Syntax show snmp user Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1290
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. !----command run on host connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1291
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following example configures a community named public that is mapped to the security named guestuser with Read Only (ro) permissions.
PAGE 1292
snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server contact text To delete the SNMP server contact information, use the no snmp-server contact command. Parameters Defaults text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1293
● stp — Enable notification of a state change in the spanning tree protocol (RFC 1493). ● vlt — Enable notification of VLT state changes. ● vrrp —Enable notification of a state change in a VRRP group. ● xstp — Enable notification of a state change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+.
PAGE 1294
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port portnumber engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ipaddress udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
PAGE 1295
snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1296
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Added support for the access parameter. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview.
PAGE 1297
The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. communitystring Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community.
PAGE 1298
Usage Information In order to configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host. If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent. In order to enable multiple hosts, issue a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types in the command for each host.
PAGE 1299
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted.
PAGE 1300
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1301
remote ip- address udp-port port- Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. number Enter the keywords udp-port then the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. 1 | 2c | 3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): ● 1 is the least secure version. ● 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
PAGE 1302
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists.
PAGE 1303
Defaults included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1304
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command. Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. Z9500 Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1305
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Dell(conf)#clear logging auditlog show logging auditlog — displays audit log default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. Z9500 Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1306
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
PAGE 1307
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity.
PAGE 1308
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Related Commands logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. logging trap — enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity.
PAGE 1309
show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console. Z9500 Syntax logging console [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command.
PAGE 1310
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role.
PAGE 1311
● ● ● ● ● sys13 (system use) sys14 (system use) syslog (Syslog process) user (user process) uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1312
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the logging history table.
PAGE 1313
To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command. Parameters Defaults level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1314
Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server. logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters for the terminal connections. logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server.
PAGE 1315
Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server. logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and output.
PAGE 1316
logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity. Z9500 Syntax logging trap [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging trap command. To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters Defaults level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational.
PAGE 1317
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. To display syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format, use the log version command in configuration mode. By default, the system log version is set to 0.
PAGE 1318
Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 97 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 172.16.1.162 Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Feb 18 01:17:32: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1319
show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1320
Examples Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1321
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Examples Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1322
Dell#show logging kernellog linecard 0 1d 02:24:49:841597:qsfp-3 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 14 1d 02:24:49:849249:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 24 1d 02:24:49:856820:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 1d 02:24:49:872175:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 18 1d 02:26:50:140882:qsfp-0 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 17 1d 02:26:50:148668:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 16 1d 02:26:50:156237:qsfp-2 eeprom attempt
PAGE 1323
51 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating system. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1324
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option RESV NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP N/A CHM_CARD_DOWN %CHMGR-1-CARD_SHUTDOWN: %sLine card %d down - %s %CHMGR-2-CARD_DOWN: %sLine card %d down - %s CHM_CARD_UP %CHMGR-5-LINECARDUP: %sLine card %d is up CHM_CARD_MISMATCH
PAGE 1325
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_FANTRAY_BAD ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
PAGE 1326
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %SYSTEM-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Te 1/12 rcvd pkt with authentication type mismatch.
PAGE 1327
52 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported). ● An INTERFACE-level command only supports storm control configuration on ingress.
PAGE 1328
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1329
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1330
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. Z9500 Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1331
Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1332
Usage Information Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter. It is possible, however, that some multicast control traffic may get dropped when storm control thresholds are exceeded. storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only.
PAGE 1333
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces.
PAGE 1334
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1335
53 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1336
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1337
general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1338
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1339
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1340
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number of seconds the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1341
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1342
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. Syntax show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1343
Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
PAGE 1344
The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/3) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1345
Parameters stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. The range is 0. cost cost Enter the keyword cost then a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The defaults are: ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2. ● Port Channel interface with 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1. portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails.
PAGE 1346
● If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. ● If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
PAGE 1347
54 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1348
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up. The clock restarts, based on the hardware clock, when the switch reboots.
PAGE 1349
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clock summer-time recurring — sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time each year. show clock — displays the current clock settings.
PAGE 1350
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 1351
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Coordinated universal time (UTC) is the time standard based on the International Atomic Time standard, commonly known as Greenwich Mean time. When determining system time, include the differentiator between UTC and your local timezone. For example, San Jose, CA is the Pacific Timezone with a UTC offset of -8.
PAGE 1352
ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. Z9500 Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1353
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1354
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Z9500 Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1355
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1356
version number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 4. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.4.(0.
PAGE 1357
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes. Z9500 Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command.
PAGE 1358
Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Example (Detail) Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1359
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: ● ● ● ● ● Example Related Commands * means synchronized to this peer. # means almost synchronized to this peer.
PAGE 1360
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ntp status Display the current NTP status.
PAGE 1361
Field Description “root dispersion is...” Displays the root and path dispersion. “peer mode is...” State what NTP mode the switch is. This should be Client mode. Example Related Commands Dell#sh ntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 2, reference is 100.10.10.10 frequency is -32.000 ppm, stability is 15.156 ppm, precision is 4294967290 reference time is BC242FD5.C7C5C000 (10:15:49.780 UTC Mon Jan 10 2000) clock offset is clock offset msec, root delay is 0.01656 sec root dispersion is 0.
PAGE 1362
55 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
PAGE 1363
ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 unnumbered {interface-type slot/port} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ipv6 unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface remains operationally down until you also configure the tunnel IPv4 address.
PAGE 1364
Defaults If you do not configure a tunnel allow-remote address, all traffic destined to tunnel’s source address is decapsulated. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000. You can configure up to eight allow-remote entries on a multipoint receive-only tunnel.
PAGE 1365
tunnel dscp Configure the method used to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. Z9500 Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp {mapped | value} command. Parameters Defaults mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP to the IPv4 DCSP \IPv6 traffic class. This option copies the IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header.
PAGE 1366
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header. tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. Z9500 Syntax tunnel hop—limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop—limit command.
PAGE 1367
Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. This command is required to enable a tunnel interface.
PAGE 1368
56 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1369
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1370
Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1371
Usage Information You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplink-state group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both.
PAGE 1372
Defaults No downstream links are disabled when an upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1373
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1374
detail Defaults Displays additional status information on the upstream and downstream interfaces in each group none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1375
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. Z9500 Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters Defaults group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1376
To delete an uplink-state group, use the no upstream interface command.
PAGE 1377
57 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1378
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1379
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)#proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)#peer-domain-link port-channel 20 exclude-vlan 3 vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1380
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature, remove the members. To view the stackable VLANs, use the show vlan command in EXEC Privilege mode.
PAGE 1381
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, the system assigns the value 0x9100. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag.
PAGE 1382
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan-stack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1383
Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address vlan-stack compatible member TenGigabitEthernet 0/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#tagged tengigabitethernet 0/42 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#show config ! interface Vlan 20 no ip address tagged TenGigabitEthernet 0/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#do show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM
PAGE 1384
To remove tagged VLAN ports, use the no tagged port-channel port-channel-number command. Parameters Defaults port-channelnumber Enter the port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 512. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1385
58 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip vrf description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip vrf Creates a customer VRF.
PAGE 1386
description Enables you to specify a descriptive name for a customer VRF. Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters Defaults string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1387
You can configure an IP subnet or address on a physical or VLAN interface that overlaps the same IP subnet or address configured on another interface only if the interfaces are assigned to different VRFs. If two interfaces are assigned to the same VRF, you cannot configure overlapping IP subnets or the same IP address on them.
PAGE 1388
You can expose a unique set of routes from the Source VRF for Leaking to other VRFs. When two VRFs leak or export routes, there is no option to discretely filter leaked routes from each source VRF. Meaning, you cannot import one set of routes from one VRF and another set of routes from another VRF. Only Active routes are eligible for leaking. For example, if one VRF has two routes corresponding to BGP and OSPF, in which the BGP route is not active, the OSPF route takes precedence over BGP.
PAGE 1389
route-map-name Defaults Command Modes (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs. As the global RTM usually contains a large pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes will be duplicated into the VRF's RTM. As a result, it is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs.
PAGE 1390
Usage Information Related Commands It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored. ipv6 route-export – exports IPv6 routes to another VRF. match source-protocol Enables you to specify matching criteria while exporting or importing routes.
PAGE 1391
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF. interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1392
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. If the maximum route limit is not specified for a VRF, then it has unlimited space that extends to the maximum number of entries allowed for the system. This command is not applicable to the default and management VRFs.
PAGE 1393
show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. Syntax Parameters show run vrf vrf-name vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1394
59 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1395
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1396
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1397
Usage Information 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: ● after a VLT device is reloaded. ● if the Peer VLT device was up at the time the VLTi link failed to the time when it was restored. Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
PAGE 1398
Example Dell(conf)#lacp ungroup member-independent ? port-channel LACP port-channel members become switchports vlt All VLT LACP members become switchports multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. Z9500 Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command.
PAGE 1399
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1400
To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1401
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 1402
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------Destination: Peer HeartBeat status: HeartBeat Timer Interval: HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 10.
PAGE 1403
Usage Information Example Example (igmpsnoop) Example (igmpsnoop interface port-channel) Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1404
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1405
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced the support for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT on the S-Series and ZSeries. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1406
Vlt Lag ------128 Local ----mt Peer ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag -------128 Local VLANs ----------4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 1407
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Z9500 Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1408
Default arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Example Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 1409
Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent: 1 Reg Response Rcvd: 0 Route updates sent to Peer: 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer: 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer: 0 Route update pkts rcvd from Peer: 0 VLT NDP Statistics -------------------NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:46 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:0 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 Ndp-sync Pkts Sent:144 Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24
PAGE 1410
system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. Z9500 Syntax system-mac mac-address Parameters Defaults mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1411
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations.
PAGE 1412
vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device. Syntax vlt-peer-lag port-channel id-number Parameters Defaults id-number Enter the respective vlt port-channel number of the peer device. The range is from 1 to 512. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1413
60 VLT Proxy Gateway You can configure a proxy gateway in VLT domains. A proxy gateway enables you to locally route the packets that are destined to a L3 endpoint in another VLT domain.
PAGE 1414
proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
PAGE 1415
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-static)#remote-mac-address 00:01:e8:06:95:ac exclude-vlan 3 peer-domain-link port-channel exclude-vlan Configure the VLT port channel, which is connected to remote VLT domain for Proxy Gateway and configure the VLANs that needs to be excluded from VLT Proxy Gateway.
PAGE 1416
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers, a node must stop sending its VLT peer MAC address ("vlt-peer-mac transmit" enabled) when the VLT peer is down. If you configure this time out interval, it will keep sending its peer's MAC address until the timer expires.
PAGE 1417
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. At any point of time the proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for the following reasons, 1) LLDP globally disabled 2) LLDP disabled per port 3) VLT port-channel is down 5) LLDP neighbor down So, the proxy-gateway feature could be operationally down though properly configured and this will be reported in the “show command”.
PAGE 1418
61 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z9500 Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds.
PAGE 1419
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Z9500 Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1420
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1421
timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1422
disable Disable a VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1423
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for centisecs on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for centisecs on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1424
priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. Z9500 Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters Defaults priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100.
PAGE 1425
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group.
PAGE 1426
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command shown in the following example. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID.
PAGE 1427
Item Description ● Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. ● AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds. Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: ● Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. ● Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. ● Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent.
PAGE 1428
Parameters Defaults 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 3 as defined in RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy. both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3. 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1429
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1430
Usage Information This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: ● When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1431
vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1432
clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Z9500 Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1433
state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1434
Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description GigabitEthernet.. Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the . interface is no sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. VRF VRF instance to which the interface (on which the VRRP group is configured) belongs. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: ● Na/If (not available). ● master (MASTER virtual router).
PAGE 1435
vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults vrrp-ipv6-group vrid vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.